巴利语辭典

诸大德合编

Āyācaka: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. ā + yāc] one who begs or prays, petitioner Miln.129. (Page 105)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】请求者，申请者。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyācamāna: {'def': '【形】恳求的。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyācana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. āyācati] -- 1. asking, adhortation, addressing (t. t. g. in expl^n. of imperative) SnA 43, 176, 412. -- 2. a vow, prayer A.I,88; III,47; J.I,169 = V.472. (Page 105)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyācanā: {'def': '【阴】āyācana, 【中】请求，申请。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyācati: {'def': '[ā + yāc, cp. Buddh. Sk. āyācate Divy 1.] -- 1. to request, beg, implore, pray to (Acc.) Vin.III,127; D.I,240; PvA.160. -- 2. to make a vow, to vow, promise A.I,88; J.I,169 = V.472; I,260; II,117. -- pp. āyācita (q. v.). (Page 105)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ā + yāc + a) 请求，恳求。 āyāci, 【过】。 āyācita, 【过分】。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyācikā: {'def': '【阴】请求的女人。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyācita: {'def': '[pp. of āyācati] vowed, promised J.I,169 (°bhattajātaka N.). (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyāga: {'def': '[ā + yāga of yaj] sacrificial fee, gift; (m.) recipient of a sacrifice or gift (deyyadhamma) Sn.486 (= deyyadhammānaṁ adhiṭṭhāna-bhūta SnA 412); Th.1, 566; J.VI,205 (°vatthu worthy objact of sacrificial fees). (Page 105)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyāma: {'def': '[fr. ā + yam, see āyamati] -- 1. (lit.) stretching, stretching out, extension Vin.I,349 = J.III,488 (mukh°). ‹-› 2. (appl.) usually as linear measure: extension, length (often comb^d. with and contrasted to vitthāra breadth or width & ubbedha height), as n. (esp. in Abl. āyāmato & Instr. āyāmena in length) or as adj. (-°): J.I,7, 49 (°ato tīṇi yojanasatāni, vitthārato aḍḍhatiyāni); III,389; Miln.17 (ratanaṁ soḷasahatthaṁ āyāmena aṭṭhahatthaṁ vitthārena), 282 (ratanaṁ catuhatth’āyāmaṁ); Vism.205 (+ vitth°); Khb 133 (+ vitthāra & parikkhepa); VvA.188 (soḷasayojan°), 199 (°vitthārehi), 221 (°ato + vitth°); PvA.77 (+ vitth°), 113 (id. + ubbedha); DhA.I,17 (saṭṭhi-yojan°). (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】长度。【形】 (在【合】中) 有…的长度。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyāna: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ā + yā to go] coming, arrival: see āyanā. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyāsa: {'def': '【阳】麻烦，悲伤。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. āyāsa, etym.?] trouble, sorrow, only neg. an° (adj.) peaceful, free from trouble A.IV,98; Th.1, 1008. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyāta: {'def': '[pp. of āyāt.; cp. BSk. āyāta in same meaning at Jtm 210] gone to, undertaken Sdhp.407. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyāti: {'def': '[ā + yāti of yā] to come on or here, to come near, approach, get into S.I,240; Sn.669; Sn.p. 116 (= gacchati SnA 463); J.IV,410; pv II.12¹² (= āgacchati PvA.158); DhA.I,93 (imper. āyāma let us go). -- pp. āyāta. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a + yā + a), 来，接近。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyūhaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. āyūhati] keen, eager, active Miln.207 (+ viriyavā). (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】活跃的，努力的人，收集的人。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āyūhana: {'def': '【中】 1. 努力。 2. 积聚。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [fr. āyūhati] -- 1. endeavouring, striving, Ps.I,10 sq., 32, 52; II,218; Vism.103, 212, 462, 579. f. āyūhanī Dhs.1059 (“she who toils” trsl.) = Vbh.361 = Nd² taṇhā 1. (has āyūhanā). -- 2. furtherance, pursuit DA.I,64 (bhavassa). (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyūhati: {'def': '(ā + yūh + a), 1. 努力。 2. 累积。 3. 游泳。 āyūbi, 【过】。 āyūbita,【过分】。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ā + y + ūhati with euphonic y, fr. Vedic ūhati, ūh¹, a gradation of vah (see etym. under vahati). Kern’s etym. on Toev. 99 = āyodhati is to be doubted, more acceptable is Morris’expl^n. at J.P.T.S. 1885, 58 sq., although contradictory in part.] lit. to push on or forward, aim at, go for, i. e. (1) to endeavour, strain, exert oneself S.I,1 (ppr. anāyūhaṁ unstriving), 48; J.VI,35 (= viriyaṁ karoti C.), 283 (= vāyamati C.). -- (2) to be keen on (w. Acc.), to cultivate, pursue, do Sn.210 (= karoti SnA 258); Miln.108 (kammaṁ ūyūhitvā), 214 (kammaṁ āyūhi), 326 (maggaṁ). -- pp. āyūhita (q. v.). (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyūhita: {'def': '[*Sk. ā + ūhita, pp. of ūh] busy, eager, active Miln.181. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyūhā: {'def': 'f. [āyu + ūhā] life, lifetime, only in °pariyosāna at the end of (his) life PvA.136, 162; VvA.319. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āyūhāpeti: {'def': '[Caus. II. fr. āyūhati] to cause somebody to toil or strive after DhsA.364. (Page 106)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ā°: {'def': '⁴ infix in repetition-cpds. denoting accumulation or variety (by contrast with the opposite, cp. ā¹ 3^b), constitutes a guṇa- or increment-form of neg. pref. a (see a²), as in foll.: phalâphala all sorts of fruit (lit. what is fruit & not fruit) freq. in Jātakas, e. g. I.416; II,160; III,127; IV,220, 307, 449; V,313; VI,520; kāraṇâkāraṇāni all sorts of duties J.VI,333; DhA.I,385; khaṇḍâkhaṇḍa pêle-mêle J.I,114; III,256; gaṇḍâgaṇḍa a mass of boils DhA.III,297; cirâciraṁ continually Vin.IV,261; bhavâbhava all kinds of existences Sn.801, cp. Nd¹ 109; Nd² 664; Th.1, 784 (°esu = mahant-âmahantesu bh. C., see Brethren 305); rūpârūpa the whole aggregate ThA.285; etc. (Page 93)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² guṇa or increment of a° in connection with such suffixes as -ya, -iya, -itta. So in āyasakya fr. ayasaka; āruppa from arūpa; ārogya fr. aroga; ālasiya fr. alasa; ādhipacca fr. adhipati; ābhidosika fr. abhidosa etc. (Page 93)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '³ of various other origins (guṇa e. g. of ṛ or lengthening of ordinary root a°), rare, as ālinda (for alinda), āsabha (fr. usabha). (Page 93)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷaka: {'def': '(or °ā f.) [Dimin of aḷa (?) or of ārā 1 (?). See Morris J.P.T.S. 1886, 158] -- 1. a thorn, sting, dart, spike, used either as arrow-straightener Miln.418; DhA.I,288; or (perhaps also for piece of bone, fishbone) in making up a comb VvA.349 (°sandhāpana = comb; how Hardy got the meaning of “alum” in Ind. to VvA.is incomprehensible). -- 2 a peg, spike, stake or post (to tie an elephant to, cp. ālāna). Cp. II.1³. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷamba: {'def': ' = āḷambara Vv 18⁹ = 50²⁴. See ālambara. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷavaka: {'def': '(& Āḷārikika) (adj.-n.) [= āṭavika] dwelling in forests, a forest-dweller S.II,235. As Np. at Vism.208. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷha: {'def': '(nt.) = āḷhaka; only at A.III,52 (udak°), where perhaps better with v. l. to be read as āḷhaka. The id. p. at A.II,55 has ālhaka only. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷhaka: {'def': '(m. & nt.) [Sk. āḍhaka, fr. *āḍha probably meaning “grain”] a certain measure of capacity, originally for grain; in older texts usually applied to a liquid measure (udaka°). Its size is given by Bdhgh. at SnA 476 as follows: “cattāro patthā āḷhakāni doṇaṁ etc.” -- udakāḷhaka S.V,400; A.II,55 = III,337; VvA.155. -- In other connections at J.I,419 (aḍḍh°); III,541 (mitaṁ āḷhakena = dhañña-māpaka-kammaṁ kataṁ C.); Miln.229 (patt°); DhA.III,367 (aḍḍh°). --thālikā a bowl of the capacity of an āḷhaka Vin.I, 240; A.III,369; DhA.III,370 (v. l. bhatta-thālikā). (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷhiya: {'def': '(& āḷhika) (adj.) [fr. *āḷha, Sk. āḍhya, orig. possessing grain, rich in grain, i. e. wealth; semantically cp. dhañña²] rich, happy, fortunate; only in neg. anāḷhiya poor, unlucky, miserable M.I,450; II,178 (+ daḷidda); A.III,352 sq. (so read with v. l. BB. °āḷhika for T. °āḷika; comb^d. with daḷidda; v. l. SS. anaddhika); J.V, 96, 97 (+ daḷidda; C. na āḷhika). (Page 111)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷika: {'def': 'at A.III,352, 384 (an°) is preferably to be read āḷhika, see āḷhaka. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷādvāraka: {'def': '(adj.) at J.V,81, 82 is corrupt & should with v. l. perhaps better be read advāraka without doors. Cp. Kern, Toev. 29 (ālāraka?). J.V,81 has āḷāraka only. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷāhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ā + ḍah or dah, see dahati] a place of cremation, cemetery D.I,55; J.I,287 (here meaning the funereal fire) 402; III,505; Pv.II,12²; Vism.76; Miln.350; DA.I,166; DhA.I,26; III,276; PvA.92, 161, 163 (= sarīrassa daḍḍha-ṭṭhāna). -- Note. For āḷāhana in meaning “peg, stake” see ālāna. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】火葬场所。 ~kicca, 【中】火葬。 ~ṭṭhāna, 【中】火葬处。(p60)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āḷāra: {'def': '(adj.) [= aḷāra or uḷāra or = Sk. arāla?] thick, massed, dense or crooked, arched (?), only in cpd. °pamha with thick eyelashes Vv 64¹¹ (= gopakhuma VvA.279); Pv III,3⁵ (= vellita-dīgha-nīla-pamukha). Cp. alāra. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āḷārika: {'def': '& °iya (adj.-n.) [Sk. ārālika, of uncertain etym.] a cook D.I,51 (= bhattakāraka DA.I,157); J.V,296 (= bhattakāraka C.); 307; VI,276 (°iya, C. °ika = sūpika); Miln.331. (Page 110)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇatta: {'def': '(āṇāpeti 的【过分】), 已被命令。(p50)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āṇatti: {'def': '【阴】指令，命令。~ka,【形】与指令有关系的。(p50)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [ā + ñatti (cp. āṇāpeti), Caus. of jñā] order, command, ordinance, injunction Vin.I,62; KhA 29; PvA.260; Sdhp.59, 354. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇattika: {'def': '(adj.) [āṇatti + ka] belonging to an ordinance or command, of the nature of an injunction KhA 29. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇañja: {'def': 'see ānejja. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇaṇya: {'def': 'see ānaṇya. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇi: {'def': '(Vedic āṇi to aṇu fine, thin, flexible, in formation an n-enlargement of Idg. *olenā, cp. Ohg. lun, Ger. lünse, Ags. lynes = E. linch, further related to Lat. ulna elbow, Gr. w)lέnh, Ohg. elina, Ags. eln = E. el-bow. See Walde, Lāt. Wtb. under ulna & lacertus]. -- 1. the pin of a wheel-axle, a linch-pin M.I,119; S.II,266, 267; A.II,32; Sn.654; J.VI,253, 432; SnA 243; KhA 45, 50. -- 2. a peg, pin, bolt, stop (at a door) M.I,119; S. II 266 (drum stick); J.IV,30; VI,432, 460; Th.1, 744; Dh.I,39. ‹-› 3. (fig.) (°-) peg-like (or secured by a peg, of a door), small, little in °colaka a small (piece of) rag Vin.II,271, cp. I.205 (vaṇabandhana-colaka); °dvāra Th.1, 355; C. khuddaka-dvāra, quoted at Brethren 200, trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. as “the towngate’s sallyport” by Neumann as “Gestöck” (fastening, enclosure) āṇi-gaṇṭhik’āhato ayopatto at Vism.108; DA.I,199 is apparently a sort of brush made of four or five small pieces of flexible wood. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】钉子，制轮楔。(p51)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āṇā: {'def': '【阴】命令。 ~sampanna, 【形】权威的，有影响的。(p50)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. ājñā, ā + jñā] order, command, authority Miln.253; DA.I,289; KhA 179, 180, 194; PvA.217; Sdhp.347, 576. rāj’āṇā the king’s command or authority J.I,433; III,351; PvA.242. āṇaṁ deti to give an order J.I,398; °ṁ pavatteti to issue an order Miln.189, cp. āṇāpavatti J.III,504; IV,145. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇāpaka: {'def': '【阳】指挥者，发出命令的人。(p51)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj. n.) [fr. āṇāpeti] 1. (adj.) giving an order Vism.303. -- 2. (n.) one who gives or calls out orders, a town-crier, an announcer of the orders (of an authority) Miln.147. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇāpana: {'def': '【中】发号施令。(p51)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. āṇāpeti] ordering or being, ordered, command, order PvA.135. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṇāpeti: {'def': '[ā + ñāpeti, Caus. of ā + jānāti fr. jñā, cp. Sk. ājñāpayati] to give an order, to enjoin, command (with Acc. of person) J.III,351; Miln.147; DhA.II,82; VvA.68 (dāsiyo), 69; PvA.4, 39, 81. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a + ñā + āpe), 指挥。 āṇāpesi, 【过】。 āṇatta, 【过分】。 ānāpiya,【独】。(p51)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āṇāpāṇa: {'def': '或 ānāpāna, 【中】吸入和呼气，呼吸。(p52)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Āṭa: {'def': '[etym.? Cp. Sk. āṭi Turdus Ginginianus, see Aufrecht, Halāyudha p. 148] a kind of bird J.VI,539 (= dabbimukha C.). (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṭaviya: {'def': 'is to be read for aṭaviyo (q. v.) at J.VI,55 [= Sk. āṭavika]. (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṭhapanā: {'def': '(f.) at Pug.18 & v. l. at Vbh.357 is to be read aṭṭhapanā (so T. at Vbh.357). (Page 97)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Āṭānāṭiya: {'def': '稲竿 [経].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ā: {'def': '(ind.), up to. (prep.) from; towards.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '1 巴利文字母表的罗马化拼音第二个母音字母。发音好像汉语中阴平的 a。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ā-: {'def': '【无】一直到，等於。【介】【字首】从，向(此方), 后。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① pref. prep. [〃] まで, から, 此方へ. ② [a が形容詞, 抽象名詞のために, ā となることがある: arūpa → āruppa, aroga → ārogya, alasa → ālasiya].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '① pref. prep. [〃] 到, 至 (到這裡來,到此為止,從早到晚, 自始至終等), 從, 自 (從早到晚, 自始至終等), (方向場所)往(朝向)這邊(這裡,這兒)(而來等). ② [因為形容詞, 抽象名詞的緣故, 有 a 變成 ā 的情形 : arūpa(無色的) → āruppa(無色的; 無色界), aroga(無病的) → ārogya(無病, 健康), alasa(懶惰的) → ālasiya(懶惰) (關於 ālasiya 請另外參考 alassa, ālassa)].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābaddha: {'def': '(ābandhati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(pp. of ābandhati), bound to; fastened on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābandhaka: {'def': '【形】绑，连接，安装。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. (使勁用力) 勒緊(褲帶等), 束緊(袋口等).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. しぼりつける.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] tying; connecting; fixing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābandhana: {'def': 'n. 結縛, 結び付け, たづな, つな.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. 結縛, 使勁用力綁住, (馬(戰)車等的)韁繩, 粗繩.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābandhati: {'def': '(ā+bandh绑+a), 绑，纠缠(台语：触缠tak thiong3)。ābandhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + bandh + a] binds to; fastens on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-bandh] 結ぶ, しぼる, 結び付く. pp. ābaddha.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-bandh] 結縛(綁結), 勒(束)緊, 使勁用力綁結. pp. ābaddha.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābandhi: {'def': '[aor. of ābandhati] bound to; fastened on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābharati: {'def': '[ā-bhṛ] 運ぶ. pp. ābhata; ger. ābhatvā.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-bhṛ] 運送, 搬運. pp. ābhata; ger. ābhatvā.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābharaṇa: {'def': '【中】修饰，装饰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [〃] 荘身具, 瓔珞.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] ornament; decoration.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [〃] 莊身具(莊嚴或裝飾身體之飾物), 瓔珞.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhassara: {'def': "The 'Radiant Ones', are a class of heavenly beings of the fine-material world (rūpa-loka); cf. deva.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '[adj.] radiant.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】发光的，照明声音的。ābhassarā devā﹐光音天(晃昱天)，为第二禅天之最上位，寿量为八劫。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'Ābhassara m. [BSk. Ābhāsvara] 光音[天], 極光[天], [第二禅天の最上位].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābhata: {'def': '【过分】已带来，已传达。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-bharati 的 pp.] 已被運送的, 已被持來(或持去)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-bharati の pp.] 運ばれたる, 持ち来たれる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp.] brought; conveyed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābhicetasika: {'def': '=abhicetasika.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābhidhammika: {'def': '(adj.), versed in or studying Abhidhamma.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】精通论藏的，进修论藏的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [abhidhamma-ika, BSk. ābhidharmika] 阿毘達磨師, 論師.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [abhidhamma-ika, BSk. ābhidharmika] 阿毘達磨師, 論師.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhidosika: {'def': '【形】昨晚的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), belonging to the last evening.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [abhi-dosa-ika] 昨夜の, 昨晩の. -kālakata 昨夜命終せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [abhi-dosa-ika] 昨夜的, 昨晩的. -kālakata 已昨夜命終的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhijāti: {'def': '=abhijāti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābhindati: {'def': '[ā-bhid] 破壞, 切斷.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-bhid] 破壊す, 切断す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābhisekika: {'def': '【形】供献的，献祭仪式的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] belonging to the consecration.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [abhiseka-ika] 灌頂の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [abhiseka-ika] 灌頂的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhoga: {'def': '【阳】构思能力，想法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] ideation; thought.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ābhuñjati] 觀念, 思惟, 功用; 食物.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ābhuñjati] 観念, 思惟, 功用; 食物.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābhujana: {'def': 'n. 結跏.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] crouching; bending; soiling.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. 結跏.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】蹲下，弯曲，弄脏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ābhujati: {'def': '[ā-bhuj ①] 組む, 結ぶ, 曲げる. ger. ābhuñjitvā. pallaṅkaṃ ābhujati 結跏す, 跏趺を組む.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + bhuj + a] bends; coils; contracts.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-bhuj ①] 交叉在一起, (盤)結, (彎)曲. ger. ābhuñjitvā. pallaṅkaṃ ābhujati 結跏蚨坐, 打坐 [ = pallaṅkena nisīdati. cf. pallaṅka].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhuji: {'def': '[aor. of ābhujati] bent; coiled; contracted.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābhujitvā: {'def': '已盘起、交叉（双腿）', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}

ābhuñjati: {'def': '[ā-bhuj ②] 受用す, 経験す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-bhuj ②] 受用, 經驗.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhā: {'def': '【阴】ābhāsa,【阳】光，光彩，光辉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] light; lustre; radiance.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜ābhāti] 光, 光明.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜ābhāti] 光, 光明.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhāsa: {'def': '[m.] light; lustre; radiance.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 光輝, 光曜, 光照.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 光輝, 光耀, 光照.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābhāsi: {'def': '[aor. of ābhāti] shone; radiated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābhāti: {'def': '[ā-bhā] 光る, 輝やく. cf. ābheti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-bhā] 發光(發亮), 放光, 輝耀, 閃耀. cf. ābheti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+bhā+a), 发亮，发光。ābhāsi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + bhā + a] shines; radiates.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābila: {'def': 'a. [Sk. āvila] 混濁した, 汚れた.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. āvila] 已混濁的, 已染汚弄髒的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ābujati: {'def': '(ā+ bhuj(梵bhuj)使弯曲+a), 弯曲，盘绕，缩短。ābhuji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ābādha: {'def': '(m.) disease; affliction.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-bādh] 病, 生病, 疾.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-bādh] 病, 病気, 疾.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā向 + bādh压迫 to oppress, Vedic ābādha oppression),【阳】【形】折磨(affliction)，疾病(illness, disease)。【反】anābādha, 无疾。A.10.60./V,110.︰ayaṁ kāyo bahu-ādīnavo? Iti imasmiṁ kāye vividhā ābādhā uppajjanti, seyyathidaṁ--cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo oṭṭharogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu nakhasā vitacchikā lohitaṁ pittaṁ madhumeho aṁsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṁ uṇhaṁ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo’ti.(此身生种种之疾病，谓眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头病、耳朵病、口病、齿病、咳嗽、喘气、感冒、烦热、疟、腹病、惛绝、下痢、疼痛、霍乱、癞病、痈病、白癞、乾痟、癞狂、癌、痒、怖、爬伤((rakhasa)巴利圣典无此语，注：有以瓜爬之病病但处)、疥疮(vitacchikā由疥虫引起的，症状为皮肤发疹及剧痒)、血胆病、糖尿病、麻痹(amsa此语不明)、疮、痔、廔、胆等起之诸病、痰等起之诸病、风等起之诸病、[三]和合生之诸病、季节变易所生之诸病、不平等姿势所生之诸病、侵害所生之诸病、业异熟所生之诸病、寒、热、饥、渴、大便、小便。)。thullakacchābādho (thulla+kacchu+ābādho)﹐严重的皮肤病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ābādheti: {'def': '[ā-bādh 的 caus.] 使苦(煩)惱, 使痛苦, 折磨. pp. ābādhita 已苦惱的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-bādh の caus.] 悩ます, 苦しめる, 病ます. pp. ābādhita 苦悩せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+bādh骚扰+e), 压迫，骚扰。ābādhesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + badh + e] oppresses; harasses.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ābādhika: {'def': 'a. [ābādha-ika], f. ābādhikinī 生病的, 患病憂慮苦惱的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】病人，染病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] sick; affected with illness.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [ābādha-ika] , f. ābādhikinī 病気の, 病める.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ābādhita: {'def': '[pp. of ābādheti] afflicted; oppressed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ābādheti 的【过分】), 已病，已痛苦，已压迫。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācamana: {'def': 'n. [ā-camana] 洗濯, 洗淨.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] rinsing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】冲洗。ācamanakumbhī,【阴】作为冲洗的大水罐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-camana] 洗濯, 洗浄.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ācamanakumbhī: {'def': '[f.] water-pitcher used for rinsing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācamati: {'def': '[ā-cam] 清洗, 洗濯. caus. ācameti, acamāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-cam] 洗う, そそぐ. caus. ācameti, acamāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ācamesi: {'def': '[aor. of ācameti] rinsed; washed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācameti: {'def': '[ācamati 的 caus.] 清洗, 漱口. ger. ācamayitvā; ppr. ācamayamāna.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + cam + e] rinses; washes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ācamati の caus.] 洗う, ロをそそぐ. ger. ācamayitvā; ppr. ācamayamāna.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+cam+e), 冲洗，洗。ācamesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācamā: {'def': 'f. 吸引.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. 吸引.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ācarati: {'def': '[ā-carati] 行なう, 実践す. opt. ācare; ppr. sg. nom. ācaraṃ; pp. āciṇṇa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+car+a), 行动，练习，运行。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-carati] 實(進,施,執,履)行, 實踐. opt. ācare; ppr. sg. nom. ācaraṃ; pp. āciṇṇa.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + cam + e] acts; practises or perform.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācarin: {'def': 'a. ācarinī f. [＜ā-car] 教(導, 訓), 教師.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. ācarinī f. [＜ā-car] 教える, 教師.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ācaritukāma: {'def': '不正当之欲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācariya: {'def': "m. [＜ā-car, Sk. ācārya] ① 阿闍梨, 師. ② 現行者, 煩惱. -pācariya 師跟師的師. -matta 阿闍梨程度的. -muṭṭhi 師拳, 師的握拳 [教導時有所保留或弟子提問師未回答] [(譯者補充請自行判斷) ācariyamuṭṭhi (the teacher's fist) 記載於 Mahāparinibbāna Sutta].", 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-car, Sk. ācārya] ① 阿闍梨, 師. ② 現行者, 煩悩. -pācariya 師と師の師. -matta 阿闍梨程度の. -muṭṭhi 師拳, 師の握拳 [教えおしむこと].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '老师。又可音译为阿吒利。即能传授弟子法义知识及教导正确行为之师。
律注中说:“能教导正行与行止者为老师。”（Ācārasamācārasikkhāpanakaṃ ācariyaṃ.）（Mv.A.77）
一位比库有四种老师：
1.出家时的剃度授戒师；
2.受具足戒时的教授师和读甘马师；
3.教授戒律、佛法、禅修业处等的老师；
4.依止师。
汉传佛教依梵语ācārya音译为阿阇梨、阿遮利耶等。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '(梵ācarya),【阳】(依止学法的)老师，教授师，亲教师，轨范师，阿闍梨(音译)，阿遮利耶(音译)。ācariyakula,【中】老师的家庭，老师的住所。ācariyadhana,【中】学费(束修)。ācariyamuṭṭhi,【阴】老师的秘藏(closed fist of the teacher，袖中秘笈esoteric doctrine)。ācariyavāda,【阳】传统的教学。Mv.A.77.︰ācārasamācārasikkhāpanakaṁ ācariyaṁ(能教导正行与行止者为阿闍梨。)《大般涅盘经》D.16./II,100.：Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṁ abāhiraṁ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi.(阿难！我所说的法，没有做了内部、没有做了外部。如来的法没有老师的秘藏(袖中秘笈) 。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '师，老师，阿闍梨，阿遮利耶', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '[m.] teacher.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyadhana: {'def': "[nt.] teacher's fee.", 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyaka: {'def': '[adj.] coming from the teacher.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. a. [ācariya-ka] 師, 師範, 師の (古伝).', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. a. [ācariya-ka] 師, 師範, 師的 (古時傳承).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ācariyakula: {'def': '[nt.] the family or the abode of a teacher.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyamaha: {'def': '[m.] the line or the ancestor of the teachers.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyamuṭṭhi: {'def': '[f.] special knowledge of a teacher.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyavāda: {'def': '[m.] traditional teaching.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācariyānī: {'def': '[f.] a woman teacher; wife of a teacher.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】女老师，老师的妻子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācaya: {'def': '(m.), accumulation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-caya＜ci] 積集, 增益, 增殖(流轉). -gāmin 積集行, 流轉 [(譯者補充請自行判斷) 流轉法(ācaya-gāmino dhammā), 還滅法(apacaya-gamino dhamma)].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】积，集，积聚，增益，盈满。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-caya＜ci] 積集, 増殖(流転). -gāmin 積集行, 流転.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] accumulation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācera: {'def': '=ācariya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】老师。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] teacher ājānāti : [ā + ñā + nā] knows; understands.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācikkhaka: {'def': '[m.] one who tells or informs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ācikkhitu,【阳】报告的人，通知者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācikkhana: {'def': 'n. [＜ācikkhati] 告知, 宣説.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ācikkhati] 告知, 宣說.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ācikkhati: {'def': '[ā + cikkh + a] tells; relates; informs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[akkhāti の intens.] 告げる, のベる, 説く, 宣説す. imper. ācikkha, ācikkhāhi; opt. ācikkheyya; aor. ācikkhi; pp. ācikkhita; caus. ācikkhāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+cikkh+a), 告知，陈述，通知。ācikkhi,【过】。ācikkhita,【过分】。ācikkhitvā,【独】。ācikkhanā﹐开示。另有：desanā﹐宣说。paññāpanā﹐施设。paṭṭhapanā﹐建立。vivaraṇā﹐开显。vibhajanā﹐分别。uttanīkamma﹐显发。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[akkhāti 的 intens.] 告知, 通知, 敘述說明, 勸說, 解說, 說服, 宣說. imper. ācikkha, ācikkhāhi; opt. ācikkheyya; aor. ācikkhi; pp. ācikkhita; caus. ācikkhāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ācikkhi: {'def': '[aor. of ācikkhati] told; related; informed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācikkhita: {'def': '[pp. of ācikkhati] told; related; informed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācikkhitu: {'def': '[m.] one who tells or informs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācinanta: {'def': '【现分】累积。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pr.p. pf ācināti] accumulating.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācini: {'def': '[aor. of ācināti] accumulated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācināti: {'def': '[ā-cināti] 集む, 積む. ppr. dat. gen. ācinato; pp. ācita, āciṇa; pass. āciyati 積まれる, 増大す, 成長す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+ci+nā), 堆积，累积。ācini,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-cināti] 集合, 收集, 堆積, 累積. ppr. dat. gen. ācinato; pp. ācita, āciṇa; pass. āciyati 被累積, 増大, 成長.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + ci + nā] accumulates.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācita: {'def': '(ācināti的【过分】) 堆积，累积。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ācināti] accumulated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āciyi: {'def': '[aor. of ācīyati] was heaped up or accumulated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āciṇa: {'def': 'a. [ācināti 的 pp.] 已累積的, 已實行的, 已執行的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ācināti の pp.] 積める, 行ぜる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āciṇṇa: {'def': '[pp. of ācināti] practised.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [ācarati の pp.] 実行せる, 已作の, 宿習せる. -kappa 常法浄, 慣習認容.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(‹ā+ciṇṇa﹐ācināti知道的【过分】), 已练习(practiced, performed)。āciṇṇakappa,【阳】习惯的练习。āciṇṇasamāciṇṇa,彻底地充满(thoroughly fulfilled)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ācarati 的 pp.] 已實行的, 已作的, 已宿習(慣習)的. -kappa 常法淨, 慣習認容(容認, 容許).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āciṇṇaka-kamma: {'def': 'habitual kamma; s. kamma.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āciṇṇakappa: {'def': '[m.] customary practice.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācāma: {'def': 'm. [〃] 飯汁, 飯の泡.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 飯汁, 飯的泡.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] the scum of boiling rice.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】饭沸腾时的浮渣。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ācāra: {'def': 'm. [＜ā-car] 行, 正行, 淨行. -kusala 淨行善巧熟練的. -gocara 正行跟行處.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-car] 行, 正行, 浄行. -kusala 浄行に巧みな. -gocara 正行と行処.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】(良好)行为，练习。ācārakusala,【形】精通於礼貌的。DA.8./II,363.(同SA.6.3.)：Kulaputtāti ācārakulaputtā.(良家子弟：良好行为的种族之子。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] conduct; behaviour; practice.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācārakusala: {'def': '[adj.] versed in good manners.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ācārin: {'def': 'a. [ācāra-in] 有正行的, 正行者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ācāra-in] 正行ある, 正行者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ācīyati: {'def': '(ācināti的【被】), 被堆积，被累积。ācīyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pass. of ācināti] is heaped up or accumulated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādadāti: {'def': '[ā + dā + a] takes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādahati: {'def': '① [ā-dhā] 置く. ② [ā-dah] 燒く, 点火す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '2 (ā + dahati2), 燃烧(to set fire to, to burn)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① [ā-dhā] 放置 (放下, 放上去, 安放, 使定居, 使固定). ② [ā-dah] 燃燒, 點火(點燃, 使燃燒, 使著火).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādaka: {'def': 'a. m. [＜ā-dā] 取る者. bhattādaka 取食者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. m. [＜ā-dā] (拿)取者. bhattādaka 取食者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādapayati: {'def': 'ādapeti [ādāti の caus.] 取らせる, 一致する. aor. ādapayi.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'ādapeti [ādāti 的 caus.] 使(拿)取, (意見等)一致, 接受, 同意 . aor. ādapayi.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādara: {'def': 'm. [〃] 考慮, 尊敬.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】尊敬，关心，感情。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] esteem; regard; affection.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 考慮, 尊敬.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādariya: {'def': '【中】尊敬。anādariya,【中】漠视。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādesa: {'def': '[m.] 1. pointing out; 2. substitution in grammar.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】1.指出。2.文法的替换。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādesanā: {'def': 'f. [ā-desanā] 説示. -pāṭihāriya 記説神変, 記心示導.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[f.] prophesy; guessing; pointing out.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ādisanā,【阴】预言，猜测，指出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [ā-desanā] 說示. -pāṭihāriya 記說神變, 記心示導.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādeti: {'def': '= ādiyati.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādeva: {'def': '[m.] lamenting; crying; deploring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】ādevanā,【阴】悲叹，哭，深表悲痛。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādevanā: {'def': '[f.] lamenting; crying; deploring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādeyya: {'def': '【形】可拿起来的，可接受的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. ādāti 的 grd. 可拿取的, 可歡迎(可同意接受)的. -vacana 可歡迎(可同意接受)的言語(說法,措詞).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. ādāti の grd. 取らるべき, 歓迎すべき. -vacana 歓迎すべき言葉.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] to be taken up; acceptable.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādheyya: {'def': 'a. [ā-dadhāti の grd.] 置かるべき, 貯蔵さるべき. -mukha 軽信の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-dadhāti 的 grd.] 能(可,應)被放置的, 能(可,應)被貯藏的 (記憶在頭腦和心裏). -mukha 輕信的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[adj.] belonging to; fit to be borne.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】属於，应该生的(to be deposited)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādhipacca: {'def': 'ādhipateyya n. [adhipatiya] 主権, 王権.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] lordship; domination; power.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ādhipateyya(adhipati主+ya (抽象名词),【中】主权，贵族权力(lordship)，权力、力(power)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ādhipateyya n. [adhipatiya] 主權, 王權.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādhipateyya: {'def': '[nt.] lordship; domination; power.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādhuni: {'def': '[aor. of ādhunāti] shook off; removed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādhunāti: {'def': '[ā + dhu + a] shakes off; removes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+dhu+nā), 抖落，摆脱，除去。ādhuni,【过】。ādhūta,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādhāna: {'def': '(nt.), 1. laying; 2. receptacle; 3. a hedge.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】1.放置。2.容器。3.用树篱围。ādhānagāhī,【阳】倔强的人，固执己见者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-dhāna] 布置, 容器, 牆, かきね.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-dhāna] 布置, 容器, 牆, 籬笆(柵欄,圍牆).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādhānagāhī: {'def': '[m.] obstinate person.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādhāra: {'def': '(m.), a container; receptacle; holder; basis; support; stand.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-dhāra] 受器, 容器, 支持, 支持(講)台.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】容器，固定器，基础，支援，台子。ādhāraka,【中】凳子，台子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-dhāra] 受器, 容器, 支持, 支持台.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādhāraka: {'def': 'm. n. [ādhāra-ka] (擺放容器的)台, 桌子, 架子, 說教(講)台.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] a stool; a stand.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. n. [ādhāra-ka] 台, 机, 説教台.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādhāreti: {'def': '[ā-dhṛ 的 caus.] 支持, 保持. pp. ādhārita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-dhṛ の caus.] 支持す, 保持す. pp. ādhārita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādhāvana: {'def': '【中】突进，猛冲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] onrush.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādhāvati: {'def': '(a+dhāv追+a) 跑向。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + dhāv + a] runs towards.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-dhāvati] 跑, 跑來. n. ādhāvana 突進(猛衝,全力推進,突擊), 激動.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-dhāvati] 走る, 走り来る. n. ādhāvana 突進, 激動.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādhūta: {'def': '[pp. of ādhunāti] shaken off; removed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādi: {'def': 'm. n. [〃] 最初, 初, 等(諸如此類, 等等, 以此類推). (sg. ) acc. ādiṃ; instr. ādinā; abl. ādito; loc. ādimhi, (pl. ) nom. ādayo, ādīni, ādinī. -kammika 初學者, 初犯者. -kalyāṇa 初善. -brahmacariyaka 初梵行的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(Sk. ādi),【阳】出发点，开始(starting-point, beginning)，起头(khi2 thau5，寑头chim2 thau5)。s.Nom. ādi; s.Acc. ādiṁ(= kāraṇaṁ);(ādimhi); s.Abl. ādito。pl.Nom.& Acc. ādayo。【形】第一，首先。【中】等等。nt. pl. ādinī。ādikammika,【阳】初学者。ādikalyāṇa,【形】美丽的最初。ādima,【形】最初的。ādibrahmacariyaka﹐梵行之初(在S.12.45.指：「依於眼与色生眼识，三事和合乃有触，缘触而有受，缘受而有爱，缘爱而有取…。如是乃此全苦蕴之集。」「依眼与色生意识，三事和合乃有触，缘触而有受，缘受而有爱，依彼爱之无余、离贪、灭而有取灭，依取灭而有有灭…。如是，此乃全苦蕴之灭。」等)。rukkhagumbādayo (Acc. pl.) 树、丛林等(trees, jungle etc.)。ādiṁ katvā﹐放在最前面(putting (him, her, it) first)。cidhādito(=ca+idha+ādi)﹐在此最先。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(m.), starting point; beginning. (adj.), first; beginning with. (nt.), and so on; so forth.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. n. [〃] 最初, 初, 等. (sg.) acc. ādiṃ; instr. ādinā; abl. ādito; loc. ādimhi, (pl.) nom. ādayo, ādīni, ādinī. -kammika 初学者, 初犯者. -kalyāṇa 初善. -brahmacariyaka 初梵行的.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādibrahmacariyaka-sīla: {'def': '\'morality of genuine pure conduct\', consists in right speech, right bodily action and right livelihood, forming the 3rd, 4th and 5th links of the Eightfold Path (s. sacca, IV.3, 4, 5); cf. Vis.M. I. In A. II, 86 it is said:

"With regard to those moral states connected with and corresponding to the genuine pure conduct, he is morally strong, morally firm and trains himself in the moral rules taken upon himself. After overcoming the 3 fetters (ego-belief. skeptic doubt and attachment to mere rules and ritual; s. saṃyojana) he becomes one who will be \'reborn seven times at the utmost\' (s. Sotāpanna) and after only seven times more wandering through this round of rebirths amongst men and heavenly beings, he will put an end to suffering."', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ādicca: {'def': 'm. [Sk. āditya] 太陽, 日. -patha 太陽路(路線, 軌道), 虛空. -bandhu 日種, 日種族.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】太阳。ādiccapatha,【阳】天空。ādiccabandhu,【阳】太阳的亲属，太阳的种族(佛陀称号)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. āditya] 太陽, 日. -patha 太陽路, 虚空. -bandhu 日種, 日種族.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] the sun.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādiccabandhu: {'def': '[m.] kinsman of the sun; of the Solar race.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādiccapatha: {'def': '[m.] the sky.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādika: {'def': 'a. [ādi-ka] 最初的. instr. ādikena 從最初, 起初, 在一開始(的時候), 立刻, 馬上.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ādi-ka] 最初の. instr. ādikena 最初から, 直ちに.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【形】等等。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] and so on.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādikalyāṇa: {'def': '[adj.] beautiful in the beginning.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādikammika: {'def': '[m.] beginner.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādima: {'def': '[adj.] first; original; foremost.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādinna: {'def': '(ādāti 的【过分】), 已拿，已抓住。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(pp. of ādāti), taken; grasped.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādisanā: {'def': '[f.] prophesy; guessing; pointing out.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādisati: {'def': '(ā+dis指出+a), 指出，讲述，公布。ādisi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-disati] 告げる, 指摘す, 関係す, 献上す, 捧げる. opt. ādiseyya, ādiseyyāsi, ādise; imper. ādisa, ādissa; fut. ādissati, ādisissāmi; aor. ādisi, ādisiṃsu, ādisuṃ; ger. ādissa, ādisitvāna; grd. ādissa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-disati] 告知, 通知, 指摘, 關係, 獻上, (雙手)捧舉. opt. ādiseyya, ādiseyyāsi, ādise; imper. ādisa, ādissa; fut. ādissati, ādisissāmi; aor. ādisi, ādisiṃsu, ādisuṃ; ger. ādissa, ādisitvāna; grd. ādissa.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + dis + a] points out; tells; announces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādisi: {'def': '[aor. of ādisati] pointed out; told; announced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādiso: {'def': 'adv. [ādi の abl.] 最初より, 完全に, 徹底的に.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'adv. [ādi 的 abl.] 從最初(就～), 完全地, 徹底地.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādissa: {'def': '① ādisati の imper., ger., grd. ② =ādiya, ādiyati の imper. ③ 関して [ādissati の ger.].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] blameable; fit to be pointed out. (abs. of ādisati) having pointed out.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ādisati的【独】), 指出了。【形】该责备的，应该指出的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① ādisati 的 imper., ger., grd. ② = ādiya, ādiyati 的 imper. ③ 關於 [ādissati 的 ger.].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādito: {'def': '[adv.] at first; from the beginning.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【副】起先，从开始。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āditta: {'def': '(ādippati 的【过分】), 已炽烧，已燃。 S.35.28.：Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto. Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. Kena ādittaṁ? ‘Rāgagginā, dosagginā, mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittan’ti.(眼为烧、色为烧、眼识为烧、眼触为烧，凡缘此眼触所生之受，或苦、或乐、或非苦非乐，此亦为烧。为何称烧？染之火、瞋之火、痴之火烧，因生、老、死，因忧、悲、苦、恼、绝望而烧。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ādippati] blazing; burning.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-ditta = ādīpita, Sk. ādīpta, ā-dīp 的 pp.] 已點火(點燃)的, 已燃燒的, 熾然的. -pariyāya 燃火的教說(法門).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-ditta=ādīpita, Sk. ādīpta, ā-dīp の pp.] 点火せる, 燃えたる, 熾然の. -pariyāya 燃火の教え.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āditya: {'def': '【梵】日，日天。āditya-maṇḍala,【梵】日。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādiya: {'def': '[abs. of ādiyati] having taken.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '① a. [Sk. ādya, admi＜ad 的 grd.] (食物)能(可)吃喝的, 可食的. ② = ādika 最初的, 初次(第一次)的. ③ ādiyati 的 ger. 及 imper.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ādiyitvā, (ādiyati的【独】) 拿了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① a. [Sk. ādya, admi＜ad の grd.] 食べらるべき, 可食の. ② =ādika 最初の, 初めの. ③ ādiyati の ger. 及び imper.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādiyati: {'def': '① [ā-diyati = ādāti, ādeti] (拿)取, 拿起. opt. ādiye; imper. ādiya; aor. ādiyi, ādiyāsi; ger. ādiyivā, ādīya, ādiya, ādāya, ādā, āditvā. ② [ā-dṛ 的 pass.] 被打破, 被破壞, 破裂.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[a + dā + i + ya] takes up; grasps. (This is a passive base, but has active meaning).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '2(ā + diyati, Sk. ādīryate, Pass. of dr to split：see etym. under darī), 分开地，分离地(to split, go asunder, break. pp. ādiṇṇa. See also avadīyati. Cp. also upādiṇṇa.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '1 [ā + diyati, med. pass. base of dadāti4, viz. di° & dī°; see also ādāti & ādeti] 拿起来(to take up)，抓住(seize on, grasp)，顾虑。(这是被动的词基，却有主动的意义)-- pot. ādiye; imper. ādiya -- aor. ādiyi, ādiyāsi , ādapayi。ppr. ādiyamāna。-- ger. ādiyitvā (= ādā); (C. for ādiya T.); (an° not heeding; v. l. anāditvā, cp. anādiyanto not attending);(T. anādayitva not heeding), (vacanaṁ anādiyitvā not paying attention to his word), ādiya (v. l. an° for anādīya); (= ādiyitvā C.); see also ādiya2, & ādīya (an°). See also upādiyati & pariyādiyati.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① [ā-diyati=ādāti, ādeti] 取る. opt. ādiye; imper. ādiya; aor. ādiyi, ādiyāsi; ger. ādiyivā, ādīya, ādiya, ādāya, ādā, āditvā. ② [ā-dṛ の pass.] 破れる, 裂ける.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādiyi: {'def': '[aor. of ādiyati] took up; grasped. (aor. of ādāti), took; grasped.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādiyitvā: {'def': '[abs. of ādiyati] having taken.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādiṇṇa: {'def': 'a. [Sk. ādīrṇa] 破壊せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. ādīrṇa] 已破壞的 [(譯者補充請自行判斷) ādiyati 之 ② 的 pp.].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādu: {'def': '(ind.), or; but.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【无】或，但是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'indecl. 実に, 或は [udāhu の代用].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'indecl. (語氣強調)確實, 的確, 是的; 或者, 或是 [udāhu 的代用(做＜或>解釋時)] [(譯者補充請自行判斷) 在直接問句中, udāhu 跟 kiṃ 常併用, 例 : kiṃ amhehi saddhiṃ āgamissasi udāhu pacchā 你要(跟我們)一起來嗎或是之後?].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādā: {'def': '(abs. of ādāti), having taken.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ādāya, (ādāti 的【独】), 拿了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādāna: {'def': 'n. [ā-dā-ana] 取, 執取, 取著.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(nt.), taking up; grasping.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-dā-ana] 取, 執取, 取著.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādāsa: {'def': 'm. [Sk. ādarśa] 鏡. -tala 鏡面.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】镜子。ādāsatala,【中】镜面，镜子的表面。M.61./I,415.︰109.“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, Rāhula, kimatthiyo ādāso”ti? “Paccavekkhaṇattho, bhante”ti. “Evameva kho, Rāhula, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā kāyena kammaṁ kattabbaṁ, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā vācāya kammaṁ kattabbaṁ, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā manasā kammaṁ kattabbaṁ.(罗睺罗！於意云何？镜有何作用？)「镜是以省察为目的。」「罗睺罗！实如是，应省察而省察身作业，应省察而省察口作业，应省察而省察意作业。」)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] mirror.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ādarśa] 鏡. -tala 鏡面.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādāsaka: {'def': 'm. = ādāsa 鏡.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. =ādāsa 鏡.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādāsatala: {'def': '[nt.] surface of a mirror.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādātabba: {'def': '【义】应该拿。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pt.p. of ādāti] fit ot be taken.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādāti: {'def': '(ādadāti)(ā + dadāti of dadāti base 1 dā), 拿起，接受，(to take up, accept, appropriate, grasp, seize; grd. ādātabba; inf. ādātuṁ. ger. ādā & ādāya; grd. ādeyya, caus. ādapeti. -- See also ādiyati & ādeti.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ā + dā + a), takes; grasps.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(=ādadāti) (ā+dā+a), 拿起(to take up)，抓住(grasp, seize)。ādiyi,【过】。ādāna,【中】拿起来，抓著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ādadāti [= ādiyati＜ā-dā] (拿,執)取. grd. ādātabba, ādeyya; inif. ādātuṃ; ger. ādā, ādāya; caus. ādapeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ādadāti [=ādiyati＜ā-dā] 取る. grd. ādātabba, ādeyya; inif. ādātuṃ; ger. ādā, ādāya; caus. ādapeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādāya: {'def': '[abs. of ādāti] having taken.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '① [ādāti の ger.] 取って. ② n. 所取の説.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '① [ādāti 的 ger.] (有所)執取. ② n. 所執取之解說(信念, 意見, 主張).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādāyin: {'def': 'a. [ādāya-in] 取れる, 取る.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ādāya-in] 已取(已得)的, 取(得)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ādāyī: {'def': '[m.] one who takes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】拿的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ādīna: {'def': 'ādina a. 始源的, 根源的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ādina a. 始源の, 根源の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ādīnava: {'def': '祸患、过失', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}; {'def': '【阳】悲惨的(wretchedness)，缺点(disadvantage)，过患(danger)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. 〃] 過患, 患難, 過失, 危難.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. 〃] 過患, 患難, 過失, 危難.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] disadvantage.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādīnavānupassanā-ñāṇa: {'def': "'knowledge consisting in contemplation of misery', is one of the 8 kinds of insight (vipassanā) that form the 'purification of the knowledge and vision of the path-progress (s. visuddhi, VI. 4). It is further one of the 18 chief kinds of insight (s. vipassanā).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ādīpita: {'def': '(ādīpeti 的【过分】), 已燃烧，已著火。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ādīpeti 的 pp. = āditta] 已燃燒的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ādīpeti の pp. =āditta] 燃燒せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of ādīpeti] in flames; ablaze.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ādīpta: {'def': '【梵】火，热，烧然。ādīpta-(āgāra-),【梵】烧然。ādīptâgāra, ādīpta-grha, ādīpta-vewman,【梵】火宅。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āga: {'def': '[m.] mountain; tree.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgacchanta: {'def': '[pr.p. of āgacchati] coming; approaching.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āgacchati的【现分】) 到来，接近。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āgacchati: {'def': '[ā-gacchati] 來, 走近, 走過來, 靠(接)近, 回來. ger. āgamma, āgantvā; aor. āgacchi, āgamāsi, āgama, āgamaṃ, āgamiṃsu, āgā; fut. āgamissati, āgacchissati; pp. āgata; caus. āgameti 使(叫,讓)～來, (等)待, 期待, 歡迎 [(譯者補充請自行判斷) āgacchati = āyāti ].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + gam + a] comes to; approaches.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+gam去+a), 走过来，接近。āgacchi, āgami,【过】。ger. āgantvā(=āgamitvā),来了之后。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-gacchati] 来る, 近づく, 帰る. ger. āgamma, āgantvā; aor. āgacchi, āgamāsi, āgama, āgamaṃ, āgamiṃsu, āgā; fut. āgamissati, āgacchissati; pp. āgata; caus. āgameti 来らしむ, 待つ.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āgacchi: {'def': '[aor. of āgacchati] came to; approached.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgama: {'def': '(梵语同),【阳】1.来，传来，走进。2.阿含经(阿含又作阿笈摩、阿伽摩、阿鋡暮、阿鋡。意译为法归(《长阿含经序》，不合阿含之正意)、无比法(《翻译名义集》卷四)、法本、法藏、教法、教分、种种说、传教、净教、趣无(‘因一切法皆趣於毕竟空法之故’，不合阿含之正意)、教、传、归、来、藏。即指所传承之教说，或集其教说所成之圣典。通常系指原始佛教圣典四阿含或五阿含而言。善见律毘婆沙卷二，以阿含为‘容受聚集’之义，指nikāya纂集之意而言。阿含，基本上是以一种言行录的体裁﹐记述佛陀所说及其直传弟子们的修道和传教活动﹔阐述当时“外道”的学说以及佛陀对他们的批駮。其中所述佛教的基本教义有四谛﹑八正道﹑十二因缘﹑缘起﹑无常﹑无我﹑五蕴﹑四禅﹑善恶报应﹑轮回等等。《增壹阿含经》A.D.385译、《中阿含经》A.D.397译、《长阿含经》413年译、《杂阿含经》A.D.435~445译。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. coming; approach; 2. religion; scripture; 3. an inserted consonant.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 傳承, 阿含, (傳來之)聖教.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 伝承, 阿含, 聖教.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '阿含，阿笈摩，阿伽摩，阿鋡暮', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

āgamana: {'def': 'n. [ā-gam-ana] 到來, 歸來.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-gam-ana] 到来, 帰来.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】接近的，抵达。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] oncoming; arrival.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgamaviruddha: {'def': '[adj.] contradictory to religion.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgamayamāna: {'def': '【形】等候的，期待的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] waiting for; expecting.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgamesi: {'def': '[aor. of āgameti] waited for; expected.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgameti: {'def': '[āgacchati の caus.] 来らしむ, 待つ, 期待す, 歓迎す. ppr. āgamayamāna.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+gam去+e), 等候，期待。āgamesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[āgacchati 的 caus.] 使(叫,讓)～來, (等)待, 期待, 歡迎. ppr. āgamayamāna.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + gam + e] waits for; expects.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgamhā: {'def': 'āgacchati の aor. 1pl.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āgami: {'def': '[aor. of āgacchati] came to; approached.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgamma: {'def': 'adv. [āgacchati の ger.] よりて, 由りて.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āgacchati 的【独】), 来了，由於，因…之缘故。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'adv. [āgacchati 的 ger.] 靠(接)近, 靠過來, 由於, 因為.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[abs. of āgacchati] having come; owing to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgantar: {'def': 'm. 来者, 帰来者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. 來者, 歸來者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āgantu: {'def': '【阳】来的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. 客來的, 來客, 突發的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] one who is coming.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. 客来の, 来客, 突発の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āgantuka: {'def': '【三】客人，新来的人，陌生人。āgantuka,【梵】来，客，客尘，虚妄，阿揵多。āgantuka-dosa,【梵】客尘。āgantukair upaklewaih, āgantuka-klewa, āgantuka-mala, āgantukatā,【梵】客尘，客尘垢，客尘烦恼。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [〃ā-gantu-ka] 外来の, 客の, 客来の. -bhatta 来客食.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[3] guest; new-comer; stranger.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [〃ā-gantu-ka] 外來的, 客的, 客來的. -bhatta 來客食.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āgantukāma: {'def': '[adj.] willing to come.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgata: {'def': '[(pp. of āgacchati), nt.] coming.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āgacchati 的 pp.] 已來的, 已到達的. -āgama 已通曉阿含的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āgacchati の pp.] 来れる. -āgama 阿含に通ぜる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āgacchati 的【过分】),【中】来，得，所得，归，获，发诣，至，还。āgato’mhi= āgato amhi﹐(我)是来。āgata, pp. ‹ ā-gam, āgacchati; amhi, pres.1sg. ‹ as, atthi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āgati: {'def': 'f. [ā-gati] 來, 歸來.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [ā-gati] 来, 帰来.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āgatāgama: {'def': '[adj.] one who has learnt the 4 collections of the Suttapiṭaka.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āghāta: {'def': '(梵āghāta打﹑杀﹐BSk.āghāta伤害。cp.ghāta & ghāteti),【阳】嫌恶(anger, ill-will)，憎恨(hatred)。āghātanāghāta ，从瞋解脱。āghātapaṭivinaya 忍气吞声(repression of ill-will)。āghātavatthu﹐瞋的事情。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 瞋害, 瞋怒, 害心, 嫌(隙怨)恨. -vatthu 瞋怒事, 嫌(隙怨)恨事.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 瞋害, 瞋怒, 害心, 嫌恨. -vatthu 瞋怒事, 嫌恨事.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. anger; hatred; 2. collision.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āghātana: {'def': '[nt.] slaughter house; place of execution.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】屠宰场，处决的地方。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-ghāta-na] ① 殺戮. ② 刑場, 斬首台.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-ghāta-na] ① 殺戮. ② 刑場, 斬首台.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āghāteti: {'def': '[āghāta の denom.] 瞋怒さす.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[āghāta 的 denom.] 使瞋怒, (生)起瞋怒.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āgilāyati: {'def': '[ā-gilāyati] 疲労す, 病む, 弱る.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-gilāyati] 疲勞(疲倦), (身體)生病, 病痛, (心)煩惱憂慮, 變(減,衰,虛)弱.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+gilā+ya), 疲倦，痛。āgilāyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + gilā + ya] is wearied; aches āgilāyi : [aor. of āgilāyati] was wearied; ached āgu : [nt.] guilt; offence.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgu: {'def': '【中】罪行，罪过。āgucārī,【阳】罪犯，坏人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [Sk. āgas] 罪悪. -cārin 犯罪者, 悪漢.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [Sk. āgas] 罪惡. -cārin 犯罪者, 惡漢.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āgucārī: {'def': '[m.] a criminal; a villain.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgālha: {'def': '【形】强壮的，粗糙的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āgāmin: {'def': 'a. [ā-gāma-in] 來者, 還來(回來)者 (cf. anāgāmin 阿那含, 不還, 不還來者).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-gāma-in] 来者, 還来者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āgāmī: {'def': '(adj.), coming; one who comes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】来的，来的人。āgāmīkāla,【阳】未来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āgāmīkāla: {'def': '[m.] the future.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgāra: {'def': '(巴梵同),【形】境，音译：阿羯罗。如声、色，是耳、目之「境」。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āgāraka: {'def': 'āgārika, āgāriya a. [āgāraka, BSk. āgārika, agārika] 家の, 在家の. =agārika.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āgārika, āgāriya a. [āgāraka, BSk. āgārika, agārika] 家的, 在家的. = agārika.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āgārika: {'def': '【形】房子的。koṭṭhāgārika﹐守库房者。bandhanāgārika﹐狱卒(prison-keeper)。Bhaṇḍāgārika﹐守财宝者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), belonging to a house.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āgāḷha: {'def': 'a. [ā-gāḷha] 強(壯,勁,烈)的, (言語)強而有力的, 激烈劇烈的, 深固的, 強固的. instr. āgāḷhena. (風雨)劇烈, (語氣)粗暴, 粗魯不客氣. f. instr. āgāḷhāya.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-gāḷha] 強き, はげしき, 深固の, 強固の. instr. āgāḷhena. はげしく, 荒く. f. instr. āgāḷhāya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] strong; rough.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āha: {'def': '[〃] 言う, 言った. 2sg., 3sg. āha; 3pl. āhu, āhaṃsu.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[〃] 說, 說了. 2sg., 3sg. āha; 3pl. āhu, āhaṃsu.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(√ah)﹐-āha﹐【过完.三.单】他已经说。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(3rd sind. of pret.), he has said.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhacca: {'def': '【形】1.可移去的。2.(āhanati 的【独】) 敲击，接触。āhaccapādaka,【形】脚可移去的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① adv. [āhanati 的ger.] 打, 破. ② a. [āharati 的 grd.] 能(可,應)被取去的, 被引用的, 引誦的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '①adv. [āhanati の ger.] 打ちて, 破りて. ②a. [āharati の grd.] 取り去らるべき, 引用さる, 引誦の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhaccapādaka: {'def': '[adj.] with removable legs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhanana: {'def': '[nt.] knocking against.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】撞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āhanati: {'def': '[ā-han] 打つ, 触れる. fut. āhañhati, āhañchati ; ppr. āhananta; ger. āhacca; pp. āhata.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+han(梵han)杀﹑打+a), 打，袭击，触。āhani,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + han + a] beats; strikes; touches.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-han] 打, (接)觸. fut. āhañhati, āhañchati ; ppr. āhananta; ger. āhacca; pp. āhata.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhani: {'def': '[aor. of āhanati] beated; struck; touched.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āharamāna: {'def': '[pr.p. of āharati] bringing; fetching; producing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āharati: {'def': '[ā + har + a] brings; fetches; produces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-hṛ] 取り出す, 取り去る, 運ぶ, つかむ, 誦す, 繰返す. ger. āharitvā; pp. āhaṭa; grd. āhariya, āhacca; pass. āhariyati; caus. āharāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+har拿+a), 带来，接来，生产。āhari,【过】。āharamāna,【现分】。āharitvā,【独】。2s.imp. āhara。3s.opt. āhareyya。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-hṛ] 取出, 取去, (搬)運, 抓住, 誦, 反覆重複(repeat). ger. āharitvā; pp. āhaṭa; grd. āhariya, āhacca; pass. āhariyati; caus. āharāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āharaṇa: {'def': '【中】带来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] bringing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhari: {'def': '[aor. of āharati] brought; fetched; produced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āharima: {'def': 'a. [＜āharati] 魅惑する, 魅力ある.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(fr. āharati),【形】绮丽的，迷人的(“fetching”, fascinating, captivating, charming Vin.IV,299; Th.2, 299; ThA.227; VvA.14, 15, 77.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [＜āharati] 魅惑的, 有魅力的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āharitabba: {'def': '[pt.p. of āharati] should be brought.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āharitar: {'def': 'm. [＜āharati] 食者, 食べる者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜āharati] 食者, 吃(喝)的人.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āharitvā: {'def': '[abs. of āharati] having brought; having fetched; having produced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhariya: {'def': '(grd. of āharati),【形】去拿东西的人(one who is to bring something J.III.328.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āharāpeti: {'def': '[caus. of āharati] causes to bring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhata: {'def': '(āhanati 的【过分】) 已打，已影响，已折磨。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '①a. [āhanati の pp.] 打たれたる, 打撃を受けたる. ②=āhaṭa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(pp. of āhanati), struck; affected with; afflicted. āhaṭa (pp. of āharati) brought.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '① a. [āhanati 的 pp.] 已被打(撃)的, 已受打撃的. ② = āhaṭa.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhataka: {'def': 'm. 奴隷, 低階級工人, 已被打的人.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. 奴隷, 職人, 打たれたる人.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhavanīya: {'def': 'a. [ā-hu 的 grd.] 能(可,應)被奉獻的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-hu の grd.] 奉献されるベき.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhañchati: {'def': 'āhañhati, āhanati の fut.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āhañhati, āhanati 的 fut.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhañhi: {'def': 'āhanati の aor.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhaṭa: {'def': 'a. [āharati の pp.] もたらされた, 持ち来れる, 得られた.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āharati‘带来’的【过分】), 已带来。anāhaṭa, 未带来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [āharati 的 pp.] 已被帶來的, 已被持來的, 已被得(到)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhita: {'def': '【过分】1.已放进。2.已燃烧。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(pp.), 1. put in; put up; 2. kindled.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-dhā の pp.] 置かれたる, さしくベたる, 燃えている.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-dhā 的 pp.] 已被(放)置的, 已放入(火內燃燒)的, 已添加(燃料)的, 燃燒著的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhiṇḍati: {'def': '[BSk. āhiṇḍate] 徘徊, 彷徨(徬徨猶豫).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + hiḍ + ṃ-a] wanders about; roams.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+hiḍ+ṁ-a), 云游，漫游。āhiṇḍi,【过】。āhiṇḍitvā,【独】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[BSk. āhiṇḍate] 徘徊する, 彷徨す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhiṇḍi: {'def': '[aor. of āhiṇḍati] wandered about; roamed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhiṇḍitvā: {'def': '[abs. of āhiṇḍati] having wandered about; having roamed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhu: {'def': '[plu. of āha.] they have said.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(‹ ah﹐āha的【3.复】)他们已说，人们所说。Iccāhu(‹ iti āhu; iti为「引号」，-ti + 母音› -cc +母音(连音规则))﹐如说：。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āha の 3pl.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhundarika: {'def': 'a. 群生群居的, 擁擠阻塞的, 不能通行的, 無路可通的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】拥挤的，阻碍的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. 群生する, 通れない.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] crowded; blocked up.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhuneyya: {'def': 'a. [ā-hu 的 grd.] 能(可,應)被供食的, 應請. cf. āhavanīya.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-hu の grd.] 供食されるべき, 応請. cf. āhavanīya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āhuti: {'def': 'f. [〃] 供犠, 供祭, 祭祀.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[f.] oblation; offering.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [〃] 供犠, 供祭, 祭祀.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】供奉，提供。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āhuṇa: {'def': '[nt.] adoration; oblation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】崇拜，供奉。āhuṇeyya,【形】可崇拜的，可供奉的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āhuṇeyya: {'def': '[adj.] worthy of adoration or offerings.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhāra: {'def': '【阳】食物(可增益身心)，营养物。āhāraṭṭhitika,【形】依靠食物生活。āhārasamuṭṭhānarūpa，食生色，从吞食物后开始，在受到(消化之火)支助，色聚的食素即能产生食生色。Tad āhāranirodhā yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammaṁ ti bhikkhave passatha.(诸比丘！凡是见它已生者，由於食物之灭止，它也灭止法吗？) sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā,一切有情依食而住。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 食, 食物. -ṭṭhitika 食住, 因食而住. -samudaya 食之集, 食之集起(起因).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '\'nutriment\', \'food\', is used in the concrete sense as material food and as such it belongs to derived corporeality (s. khandha, Summary I.) In the figurative sense, as \'foundation\' or condition, it is one of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.) and is used to denote 4 kinds of nutriment, which are material and mental: 1. material food (kabaliṅkārāhāra), 2. (sensorial and mental) impression (phassa), 3. mental volition (mano-sañcetanā), 4. consciousness (viññāṇa).

1. Material food feeds the eightfold corporeality having nutrient essence as its 8th factor (i.e. the solid, liquid, heat, motion, color, odour, the tastable and nutrient essence; s. rūpa-kalāpa). 2. Sensorial and mental impression is a condition for the 3 kinds of feeling (agreeable, disagreeable and indifferent); s. paṭiccasamuppāda (6). 3. Mental volition (= kamma, q.v.) feeds rebirth; s. paṭiccasamuppāda (2). 4. Consciousness feeds mind and corporeality ; nāma-rūpa; ib., 2) at the moment of conception" (Vis.M. XI).

Literature (on the 4 Nutriments): M. 9 & Com. (tr. in \'R. Und.\'), M 38; S. XII, 11, 63, 64 - The Four Nutriments of Life, Selected texts & Com. (WHEEL 105/106).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 食, 食物. -ṭṭhitika 食によって住す. -samudaya 食の集(起原).', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] food; nutriment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhāratta: {'def': 'n. [āhāra-tta] 食物たること, 食性.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [āhāra-tta] 食物本質, 食性.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āhāraṭṭhika: {'def': '[adj.] subsisting on food.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhāre paṭikkūla-saññā: {'def': "'reflection on the loathsomeness of food', fully described in Vis.M. XI, l.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āhāresi: {'def': '[aor. of āhāreti] ate; took food.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āhāreti: {'def': '(ā+har运+e), 吃，用餐。āhāresi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āhārayati [āhāra の denom.] 食ベる. ppr. sg. dat. gen. āhārayato.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āhārayati [āhāra 的 denom.] 吃(喝). ppr. sg. dat. gen. āhārayato.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + har + e] eats; takes food.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ājañña: {'def': '=ājānīya, ājāniya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【形】好族类。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), of good breed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ājch: {'def': '撕破(tear)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ājānana: {'def': 'n. [ā-jānana] 了知.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-jānana] 了知.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(nt.), knowledge.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】知识。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ājāni: {'def': '[aor. of ājānāti] knew; understood.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ājānāti: {'def': '[ā-jānāti] 了知する, よく知る. =āññati. opt. ājāneyyuṃ; pp. aññāta.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+ñā+nā), 知道，理解。ājāni,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-jānāti] 了知, 很了解. = āññati. opt. ājāneyyuṃ; pp. aññāta.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ājānīya: {'def': '【形】好族类。参考 ājañña。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), of good breed. (see ājañña.)ajina : [m.] a cheetah, i.e. a long limbed beast of cat family with tawny fur and black spots. (ptsd) gives the meaning "black antilope" but the Sinhalese term "andum diviyā" shows that it is a kind of leopard. nt. its hide.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ājāniya a. m. [BSk. ājāneya] 出生良好的, 善種的, 高貴的, 駿馬, 良馬.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ājāniya a. m. [BSk. ājāneya] よき生れの, 善種の, 高貴の, 駿馬, 良馬.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ājīva: {'def': 'm. [〃ā-jīva] 活命, 命, 生活. -pārisuddhi 活命遍浄. -vipatti 活命喪失. -sampadā 活命具足.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā向+ jīva命; Sk. ājīva),【阳】生计，生活，生存(livelihood, mode of living, living, subsistence)。sammā-ājīva,正命。micchā-ājīva, 邪命。\xa0ājīvapārisuddhi, 正命清净。ājīva-vipatti, 正命失败。ājīva-sampadā, 具足正命。parisuddho ājīvo,清净活命，命行清净(合乎戒律的生活方式)。uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī na kammaphalūpajīvī,以努力(工作)来维生，不是以(善)业的果报来维生。《法集论根本注》(Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā CS:p.97)：Ekavīsati anesanā nāma 1.vejjakammaṁ karoti, 2.dūtakammaṁ karoti, 3.pahiṇakammaṁ karoti, 4.gaṇḍaṁ phāleti, 5.arumakkhanaṁ deti, 6.uddhaṁvirecanaṁ deti, 7.adhovirecanaṁ deti, 8.natthutelaṁ pacati, 9.cakkhutelaṁ pacati, 10.veḷudānaṁ deti, 11.paṇṇadānaṁ deti, 12.pupphadānaṁ deti, 13.phaladānaṁ deti, 14.sinānadānaṁ deti, 15.dantakaṭṭhadānaṁ deti, 16.mukhodakadānaṁ deti, 17.cuṇṇadānaṁ deti, 18.mattikādānaṁ deti, 19.cāṭukakammaṁ karoti, 20.muggasūpiyaṁ, 21.pāribhaṭyaṁ, 22.jaṅghapesaniyaṁ dvāvīsatimaṁ dūtakammena sadisaṁ, tasmā ekavīsati.((比丘)二十一种错误的谋生方式：1.医疗、2.作使者(报信的工作)、3.作差使者、4.破痈、5.伤痛处涂油、6.使呕吐、7.使下泻、8.灌鼻油的煎熬、9.灌眼油的煎熬、10.送竹子、11.送树叶、12.送花、13.送水果、14.送沐浴粉、15.送牙刷(齿木)、16.送洗脸水、17.送竹子作礼物、18.送泥土、19.谄媚、20.豆汤语(喻半真半假，似是而非)、21.抚爱(他人的孩子)、22.步行运送资讯，二十二种错误的谋生方式，(其中)作使者相似，因此，有二十一种。) DA.2./I,235.(=MA.4./I,136.；AA.2.2./II,113.)：Ko ājīvoti pañca micchāvaṇijjā pahāya dhammena samena jīvitakappanaṁ. Vuttañhetaṁ-- “Pañcimā, bhikkhave, vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā. Katamā pañca? Satthavaṇijjā, sattavaṇijjā, maṁsavaṇijjā, majjavaṇijjā, visavaṇijjā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā”ti (什么是(优婆塞的)活命？舍断五种邪贸易，以法公正地维持生命。曾这么说(A.5.177./III,208.)：『诸比丘！在家信徒不可从事这五种买卖。是哪五种？买卖武器、买卖有情(AA.5.177./III,303.：Sattavaṇijjāti manussavikkayo.买卖有情︰买卖人)、买卖肉、买卖酒类、买卖毒品。诸比丘！在家信徒不可从事这五种买卖。』)D.30./III,176.：micchājīvaṁ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvikaṁ kappesi, tulākūṭa kaṁsakūṭa mānakūṭa ukkoṭana vañcana nikati sāciyoga chedana vadha bandhana viparāmosa ālopa sahasākārā paṭivirato ahosi.(舍邪命，以正命为营生，远离：欺斗秤、伪币(假钞)、错误的尺寸、贿赂、欺瞒、诈欺、走后门、(用手对众生)斩切、屠宰、(以粗绳)捆绑、(山中及树丛中)拦劫、(村、城等)抢劫、打家劫舍。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃ā-jīva] 活命, 命, 生活. -pārisuddhi 活命遍淨. -vipatti 活命喪失. -sampadā 活命具足.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] livelihood; living; subsistence.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': "'livelihood'. About right and wrong livelihood., s. sacca (IV. 5) and micchā-magga (5).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ājīva-pārisuddhi-sīla: {'def': "'morality consisting in purification of livelihood', is one of the 4 kinds of perfect morality; s. sīla.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ājīvaka: {'def': 'ājīvika,【阳】一种非佛教出家人，邪命外道。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a kind of non-Buddhist ascetics.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ājīvika [ājīva-ika] ① m. 活命者, 邪命者. 邪命外道. ② n. 生活.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'ājīvika [ājīva-ika] ① m. 活命者, 邪命者, 邪命外道. ② n. 生活.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ājīvika: {'def': '[m.] a kind of non-Buddhist ascetics.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ājīvin: {'def': 'a. [ājīva-in] 生活せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ājīva-in] 生活的, 活命的, 命的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākampati: {'def': '[ā-kamp] 發抖, 哆嗦, 震(搖)動. pp. ākampita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-kamp] ふるえる. pp. ākampita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ākampita: {'def': '[pp. of ākampeti] shaken; trembling.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(pp. of ākampeti, caus. of ā + kamp),【过分】已摇动，已发抖。ākampitahadaya, 已摇动的心。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākappa: {'def': 'm. [Sk. ākalpa] 行儀, 威儀. -sampanna 威儀を具せる, 行儀のよい.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. ākalpa﹐ā+kappa),【阳】1.行为(attire)，举止(appearance)。2.举止(deportment)。ākappasampanna,【形】好行为。。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] deportment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ākalpa] 行儀, 威儀. -sampanna 具威儀的, 良好行儀的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākappasampanna: {'def': '[adj.] of good conduct.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākara: {'def': 'm. [〃] 鉱山, 蔵所.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] a mine; place of production.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 礦山, 藏(礦場)所.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】矿，制造的地方(a mine, usually in cpd. ratanākara a mine of jewels)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākassati: {'def': '[ā + kass + a] drags; pulls.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-kassati＜kṛṣ] (拖)拉, 牽(引), 耕地(田,種).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-kassati＜kṛṣ] 引く, 牽く, 耕 (たが) やす.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+kass拉+a), 拖拉，拉。ākassi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākassi: {'def': '[aor. of ākassati] dragged; pulled.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākaḍḍhana: {'def': 'n. [＜ākaḍḍhati] 牽引.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] pulling out; dragging.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】拖拉、牵引(pulling out)，拉出(drawing away)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ākaḍḍhati] 拉, 牽引.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākaḍḍhati: {'def': '[ā-kaḍḍhati] 拉 (拉向前, 拉向某人等), 牽引. pp. ākaḍḍita; pass. ākaḍḍhiyati 被拉, 被牽引 [(譯者補充請自行判斷) ˚amāna locana 眼被吸引. ˚amāna hadaya 心(像似)被拉扯撕裂].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-kaḍḍhati] 引く, 牽引す. pp. ākaḍḍita; pass. ākaḍḍhiyati.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+kaḍḍh拖拉+a；cp. Sk. apa-karsati),拉，牵引。ākaḍḍhi,【过】。ākaḍḍhita,【过分】。ākaḍḍhiyati,【被】。ākaḍḍhanta,【现分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākaḍḍhita: {'def': '[pp. of akaḍḍhati] pulled; dragged.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākaṅkhamāna: {'def': '【现分】愿，需要。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākaṅkhana: {'def': '【中】ākaṅkhā,【阴】渴望的，希望，欲望。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] longing; wish; desire.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākaṅkhati: {'def': '(ā+kakh(梵kāṅks)欲+ṁ-a), 希望，需要(longing, wish)。ākaṅkhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-kaṅkhati＜kāṅkṣ] 希望す, 意欲す, 願う.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-kaṅkhati＜kāṅkṣ] 希望, 意欲, 願望(許願).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + kakh + ṃ-a] wishes for; desires.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākaṅkhi: {'def': '[aor. of ākaṅkhati] wished for; desired.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākaṅkhā: {'def': '[f.] longing; wish; desire.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ākaṅkhati] 意欲, 願望.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ākaṅkhati] 意欲, 願望.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ākhu: {'def': '【阳】鼠，老鼠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a rat; mouse.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākhyā: {'def': '[f.] name.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】命名。ākhyikā,【阴】故事。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākhyāta: {'def': '【中】谓语，动词。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] predicate; a verb.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākhyāyikā: {'def': '[f.] a story.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākirati: {'def': '[ā-kirati] 撒布(散佈), 散播, 使分散. pp. ākiṇṇa; imper. ākirāhi; aor. ākiri.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[a + kir + a] strews over; scatters.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-kirati] 撤(撒?)布す, 散す. pp. ākiṇṇa; imper. ākirāhi; aor. ākiri.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+kir散+a), 散播，散布(to strew over, scatter, sprinkle, disperse, fill, heap)。ākiri,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākiri: {'def': '[aor. of ākirati] strewed over; scattered.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākiñcañña: {'def': '(‹akiñcana无任何),【中】无所有，缺少任何的所有物。ākiñcaññāyatana (ākiñcañña无任何+āyatana处) 无所有处、无任何处。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [a-kiñcana-ya] 無所有. -āyatana 無所有処.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] nothingness; absence of any possession.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [a-kiñcana-ya] 無所有. -āyatana 無所有處.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākiñcañña-ceto-vimutti: {'def': 's. ceto-vimutti.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ākiñcaññāyatana: {'def': 's. jhāna (7).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ākiṇṇa: {'def': '(pp. of ākirati),【过分】散播，散布的。ākiṇṇavaralakkhaṇo, 散发出高贵相。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a., [ākirati の pp., Sk. ākīrṇa] 散乱せる, 雑乱せる, 混乱せる, 棄てられた, 卑しい, きたない, 残酷な.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a., [ākirati 的 pp., Sk. ākīrṇa] 已散亂的, 已雜亂的, 已混亂的, 已被(捨)棄的, 卑微低賤的, 髒亂的, 殘酷的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[pp. of ākirati] strewn over; scattered.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākkhyāta: {'def': 'n. 動詞.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. 動詞.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ākoṭana: {'def': '1(fr. ākoṭeti),【中】敲，击(beating on, knocking)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ākoṭeti] 打(敲, 擊)(的事或動作等), 激勵 (驅趕, 催促).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ākoṭeti] 打つこと, 激励.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] knocking; urging.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '2(= ākoṭana1),【形】敲击，敦促，催促，驱策，赶(马等)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākoṭesi: {'def': '[aor. of ākoṭeti] knocked; beat down; compressed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākoṭeti: {'def': '(ā+kuṭ+e), 敲击，打倒，压缩。ākoṭesi,【过】。ākoṭita, 【过分】。Caus. II. ākoṭapeti J.III.361。ākoṭita-paccākoṭita, 弄平，捣平(衣服) (flattened & pressed all round (of the cīvara))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-koṭṭeti, BSk. ākoṭayati] 打つ, たたく. pp. ākoṭita; caus. ākoṭapeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + kuṭ + e] knocks; beats down; compresses.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-koṭṭeti, BSk. ākoṭayati] 打, 敲, 擊, 叩, 捶, 壓(低)價(格). pp. ākoṭita; caus. ākoṭapeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākoṭita: {'def': 'a. [ākoṭeti 的 pp.] 已被打的, 已敲(打, 擊, 叩)的, 已壓(壓縮,壓價等)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ākoṭeti的【过分】), 已压缩，已筛屑，已敲击。ghaṇḍiṁ ākoṭetvā,打锣之后。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ākoṭeti の pp.] 打たれたる, ノックせる, 圧せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of ākoṭeti] compressed; screened.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākucca: {'def': 'm. 蜥蝪, とかげ.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. 蜥蝪(四腳蛇, 石龍子).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākula: {'def': '[adj.] entangled; confused.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ākulaka a. [ākula-ka] 混亂的 (困惑的, 惱亂的).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā + *kul), ākulībhūta,【形】惹事生非，纠缠的，困惑的(entangled, confused, upset, twisted, bewildered)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ākulaka a. [ākula-ka] 混乱せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ākulaka: {'def': '(fr. ākula),【形】纠缠的(entangled)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākulībhūta: {'def': '[adj.] entangled; confused.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāra: {'def': 'm. [〃] 行相, 相, 相貌, 様相.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 行相, 相, 相貌, 様相.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(m.), manner; condition; state; appearance.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā + karoti, kar),【阳】样子，情况，境界，外表，行相(form、figure、shape、stature、appearance、external gesture、aspect of the body、expression of the face 等)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ākāravant: {'def': 'a. [ākāra-vant] 行相ある, 理由ある, 基づける.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ākāra-vant] 有行相的, 有理由的, 基於(根據, 起因於)～的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākāsa: {'def': '2,【阳】虚空棋(a game, playing chess “in the air” (sans voir)水野弘元译：无盘棋)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ākāśa] ① 虛空, 空. ② 無盤碁. ③ 鉤引者. -ṭṭha 虛空住の. -dhātu 虚空界. ākāsānañcāyatana 空無辺処.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] the sky; space.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '1(ā+kās(梵kāw)照耀；Sk. ākāwa),【阳】天空，空间。ākasagaṅgā,【阴】天河。ākasacārī,【形】空中飞行。ākasaṭṭha,【形】位於天空的，站立於虚空的。ākasatala,【中】一栋建筑物的平坦屋顶。ākasadhātu,【阴】空界，虚空元素。ākāsaṭṭhā devā,空居天，虚空天。ākasayāna,【新巴】飞机。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '\'space\', is, according to Com., of two kinds: 1. limited space (paricchinnākāsa or paricchedākāsa), 2. endless space (anantākāsa), i.e. cosmic space.

1. Limited space, under the name of ākāsa-dhātu (space element), belongs to derived corporeality (s. khandha, Summary I; Dhs 638) and to a sixfold classification of elements (s. dhātu; M 112, 115, 140). It is also an object of kasiṇa (q.v.) meditation. It is defined as follows: "The space element has the characteristic of delimiting matter. Its function is to indicate the boundaries of matter. It is manifested as the confines of matter; or its manifestation consists in being untouched (by the 4 great elements), and in holes and apertures. Its proximate cause is the matter delimited. It is on account of the space element that one can say of material things delimited that \'this is above. below, around that\' " (Vis.M. XIV, 63).

2. Endless space is called in Aṭṭhasālinī, ajatākāsa, \'unentangled\', i.e. unobstructed or empty space. It is the object of the first immaterial absorption (s. jhāna), the sphere of boundless space (ākāsānañcāyatana). According to Abhidhamma philosophy, endless space has no objective reality (being purely conceptual), which is indicated by the fact that it is not included in the triad of the wholesome (kusala-tika), which comprises the entire reality. Later Buddhist schools have regarded it as one of several unconditioned or uncreated states (asaṅkhatadhamma) - a view that is rejected in Kath. (s. Guide. p. 70). Theravāda Buddhism recognizes only Nibbāna as an unconditioned element (asaṅkhata-dhātu: s. Dhs. 1084).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ākāśa] ① 虛空, 空. ② 無棋盤之棋(虛空棋). ③ 鉤引者(拉鉤者) [※從 ākassati 之語源變化而來]. -ṭṭha 虛空住的 [※空處住(七識住之一)]. -dhātu (虛)空界 [※六界(地水火風空識)之一)]. ākāsānañcāyatana 空無邊處 [※譯者補充請自行判斷].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākāsa dhātu: {'def': "'space element'; see above and dhātu.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ākāsa-kasiṇa: {'def': "'space-kasiṇa exercise'; s. kasiṇa.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ākāsacārī: {'def': '[adj.] going through the air.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsadhātu: {'def': '[f.] the element of space, i.e. ether.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsagata: {'def': '[adj.] gone to the space.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsagaṅgā: {'def': '[f.] the celestial river.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsaka: {'def': 'a. [ākāsa-ka] 空的, 虛空的 (屬於虛空的).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ākāsa-ka] 空の, 虚空の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ākāsatala: {'def': '[nt.] flat roof of a building.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsati: {'def': '[ā-kāś] かがやく.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-kāś] 放光, 閃耀.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ākāsaṭṭha: {'def': '[adj.] situated or living in the sky.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ākāsānañcāyatana: {'def': '(ākāsa虚空+ānañca无边+āyatana处),空无边处。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': "'sphere of boundless space', is identical with the 1st absorption in the immaterial sphere; s. jhāna (6).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ālaggesi: {'def': '[aor. of ālaggeti] hung on; fastered to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālaggeti: {'def': '[ā-lag の caus.] 懸ける, 下げる, 結ぶ.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + lag + e] hangs on; fastens to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-lag 的 caus.] (使)懸掛於～, 掛, 佩帶, 綁縛.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+lag +e), 悬挂在，拴紧。ālaggesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālaggita: {'def': '(ālaggeti的【过分】) 悬挂在，拴紧。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ālaggeti] hung on; fastened to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālamba: {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-lamb] 支持, 鐃鼓.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-lamb] 支持, 鐃鼓.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】1.支援。2.帮助。3.任何可倚赖的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. support; 2. help; 3. anything to hang on.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālambana: {'def': '[nt.] 1. a sense-object; 2. hanging down from; 3. support.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】1.感官的对象(所缘)。2.悬挂下。3.支援。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālambara: {'def': '【阳】一种鼓。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āḷambara n. [Sk. āḍambara] 大鼓, 鼓.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āḷambara n. [Sk. āḍambara] 大鼓, 鼓.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālambati: {'def': '[ā-lamb] 懸, 掛, 垂懸, 抓住, 捉住. n. ālambana, caus. ālambeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-lamb] 懸る, さがる, つかまえる. n. ālambana, caus. ālambeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+lab +ṁ-a), 靠著，抓住。ālambi,【过】。ālambita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + lab + ṃ-a] hangs on to; takes hold of.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālambi: {'def': '[aor. of ālambati] hung on to; took hold of.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālambita: {'def': '[pp. of ālambati] hung on to; taken hold of.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālapana: {'def': '[nt.] addressing; conversation; the Vocative.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】致词，会话。ālapanā,【呼，阴】恳求。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālapanatā: {'def': 'f. [ālapana-tā] 開始說話, 會話(交談).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [ālapana-tā] 話しかけ, 会話.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ālapanā: {'def': 'ālapana n. f. [＜ālapati] 開始說話, 談話, 無問虛談.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ālapana n. f. [＜ālapati] 話しかけ, 談話, 無問虚談.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(f.), entreaty.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālapati: {'def': '(a+lap唠叨+a), 交谈，称呼。ālapi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-lapati] 談話, 開始說話.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + lap + a] converses; addresses.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-lapati] 語る, 話しかける.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ālapi: {'def': '[aor. of ālapati] conversed; addressed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālasiya: {'def': '[nt.] sloth; laziness.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ālasya,【中】怠惰，懒惰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālassa: {'def': 'n. [alasa-ya] =ālasiya, ālasya, alassa 懶惰, 懈怠.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [alasa-ya] = ālasiya, ālasya, alassa 懶惰, 懈怠.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālasya: {'def': '[nt.] sloth; laziness.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālaya: {'def': 'm. n. [〃＜ā-lī] 阿頼耶, 執著, 愛著, 所執處.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. abode; roosting place; 2. desire; attachment; 3. pretence.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. ālaya, ā + lī(执著)；līyate, cp. allīna & allīyati, also nirālaya),【阳】【中】阿赖耶(音译)。1.住所，栖息所，卧室(orig. roosting place, perch)。2.需要、执著(“hanging on”, attachment, desire, clinging, lust)。3.僞装(pretence, pretext, feint)。(DhA.(v.411)：ālayāti taṇhā.( ‘阿赖耶’即渴爱)。《普端严》(Sp.Mv.V,962.；CS:p.243)：ālayarāmāti sattā pañca kāmaguṇe allīyanti, tasmā te “ālayā”ti vuccanti. Tehi ālayehi ramantīti ālayarāmā. ālayesu ratāti ālayaratā. ālayesu suṭṭhumuditāti ālayasammuditā.(乐阿赖耶：黏住五欲，它们称为‘阿赖耶’；它们乐於诸执著，称为乐阿赖耶。欣阿赖耶：欣於诸执著，称为欣阿赖耶。喜阿赖耶：於诸执著，非常欢喜执著，称为喜阿赖耶。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. n. [〃＜ā-lī] 阿頼耶, 執著, 愛著, 所執処.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ālayesinī: {'def': '[f.] seeking an abode.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālepa: {'def': '【阳】药膏，石膏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] ointment; plaster.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-lip] 塗薬, 軟膏.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-lip] 塗藥, 軟膏.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālepana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ā + lip] anointing, application of salve D.I,7 (mukkh°).诱骗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ālimpeti] 塗油, 薬の塗布.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ālimpeti] 塗油, 藥的塗布.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] anointing; plastering.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】涂抹，涂以灰泥，敷以膏药。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āli: {'def': '(f.), a dike; embankment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āḷi f. [Sk. āli] 堤防, 土手. -pabheda 堤防の破壊.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āḷi f. [Sk. āli] 堤防, 土手(防風,浪等的堤). -pabheda 堤防的破壞.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】堤防，筑堤。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālikhati: {'def': '(ā+likh抓+a) 描绘，画像。ālikhi,【过】。ālikhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + likh + a] delineates; draws some figure.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-likhati] 書く, えがく.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-likhati] (描)寫, 描繪, 畫.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālikhi: {'def': '[aor. of ālikhati] delineated; drew some figure.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālikhita: {'def': '[pp. of ālikhati] delineated; drew some figure.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālimpana: {'def': '[nt.] 1. besmearing; 2. burning.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】1.涂。2.烧。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ālimpeti: {'def': '2(for Sk. ādīpayati, with change of d to l over ḷ and substitution of limp for ḷīp after analogy of roots in °mp, like lup › lump, lip › limp), 点火，纵火(to kindle, ignite, set fire to Vin.II,138 (dāyo ālimpetabbo); III.85; D.II,163 (citakaṁ); A.I,257; DhA.I,177 (āvāsaṁ read āvāpaṁ), 225; PvA.62 (kaṭṭhāni). -- pp. ālimpita (q. v.).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '1 (ā+lip涂+e；Sk. ālimpayati or ālepayati. ā + lip or limp) 涂上，涂抹(to smear, anoint)。Caus. II. ālimpāpeti Vin.IV,316. Pass. ālimpīyati Miln.74 & ālippati DhA.IV,166 (v. l. for lippati). pp. ālitta (q. v.).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ālimpesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '① [Sk. ālimpayati] 塗, 塗油. pp. ālitta; caus. ālimpāpeti; pass. ālimpīyati, ālippati. ② [Sk. ādīpayati] 點火. pp. ālimpita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '① [Sk. ālimpayati] 塗る, 塗油す. pp. ālitta; caus. ālimpāpeti; pass. ālimpīyati, ālippati. ② [Sk. ādīpayati] 点火す. pp. ālimpita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + lip + e] 1. smeasrs; anoints; 2. sets fire to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālimpita: {'def': '(ālimpeti的【过分】) 涂上，涂抹。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ālimpeti] 1. smeared; anointed; 2. set fire to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālinda: {'def': '[m.] a verandah before the house door; terrace.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】在房子门前的阳台(verandah)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āḷinda, ālindaka m. [Sk. alinda] 玄關, 外椽.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '原：玄关；外椽订正：走廊页码：第53页', 'xr': '《水野弘元--巴利语辞典--勘误表》 Bhikkhu Santagavesaka 覓寂尊者 2007.8.2 词数 90.'}; {'def': 'āḷinda, ālindaka m. [Sk. alinda] 玄関, 外椽.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ālitta: {'def': 'a. [Sk. ālipta, ā-limpati 的 pp.] 已塗的, 汚點的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ālimpati 或 ālimpeti 的【过分】), 已涂，已沾染，已放火。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. ālipta, ā-limpati の pp.] 塗れる, 汚点の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of ālimpati or ālimpeti] besmeared or stained with; set with fire.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āliṅga: {'def': 'm. 一種の鼓.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āliṅgana: {'def': '【中】拥抱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] embracing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āliṅgati: {'def': '[ā-liṅg] 抱擁す, 包む.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(a+liṅg+a), 拥抱(台语：揽lam2)。āliṅgi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-liṅg] 抱擁, 包上, 裹起.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + liṅg + a] embraces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āliṅgi: {'def': '[aor. of āliṅgati] embraced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āliṅgiya: {'def': '【独】拥抱了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[abs. of āliṅgati] having embraced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āloka: {'def': 'm. [〃] 光明, 光, 明. -kara 放光者. -kasiṇa 光明遍. -saññā 光明想. -saññin 光明想ある. -sandhiすき間.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] light.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 光明, 光, 明. -kara 放光者. -kasiṇa 光明遍. -saññā 光明想. -saññin 有光明想的. -sandhi (光明之)裂縫, 縫隙, 狹長的裂口.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】光。ālokasaññā,【阳】光明想。SA.51.20./III,260.：ālokasaññā suggahitā hotīti yo bhikkhu aṅgaṇe nisīditvā ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, kālena nimīleti, kālena ummīleti. Athassa yadā nimīlentassāpi ummīletvā olokentassa viya ekasadisameva upaṭṭhāti, tadā ālokasaññā jātā nāma hoti.(善持光明想：若比丘在空旷地坐好，时而闭眼时而开眼，作光明想。那时闭眼(光明)就好像开眼一样存续，此时即生起光明想。)专注於月光，或不摇晃的灯光，或照在地上的光，或穿过墙缝照在另一道墙上的光线，作为修习光明遍的目标。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āloka-kasiṇa: {'def': "'light-kasiṇa-exercise'; s. kasiṇa.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āloka-sandhi: {'def': '原：--间订正：窗户页码：第53页', 'xr': '《水野弘元--巴利语辞典--勘误表》 Bhikkhu Santagavesaka 覓寂尊者 2007.8.2 词数 90.'}

āloka-saññā: {'def': '\'perception of light\'. The recurring canonical passage reads: "Here the monk contemplates the perception of light. He fixes his-mind to the perception of the day; as at day-time so at night, and as at night, so in the day. In this way, with a mind clear and unclouded, he develops a stage of mind that is full of brightness." It is one of the methods of overcoming drowsiness, recommended by the Buddha to Mahā-Moggallāna (A. VII, 58). According to D. 33, it is conducive to the development of \'knowledge and vision\' (s. visuddhi), and it is said to be helpful to the attainment of the \'divine eye\' (s. abhiññā).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ālokana: {'def': '【中】1.窗户。2.看著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] 1. a window; 2. looking at.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālokasandhi: {'def': '【阳】窗户，让光照入的洞口。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a window; an opening to let the light in.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālokesi: {'def': '[aor. of āloketi] looked at or before.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āloketi: {'def': '(ā向+lok见+e), 看著，向前看。ālokesi,【过】。ālokita,【过分】。āloketabba,【义】。A.8.9./IV,167.︰Sace bhikkhave, Nandassa puratthimā disā āloketabbā hoti, sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā Nando puratthimaṁ disaṁ āloketi– ‘evaṁ me puratthimaṁ disaṁ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti.(诸比丘！若难陀应看东方时，集中一切心之后，难陀才看东方，(想)：『如是我当看东方，令贪、忧之恶不善法不漏入。』如是，於其处而有正知。) 应看西方、北方、南方、上、下、四维，也同样作法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + lok + e] looks at or before.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālokita: {'def': '[pp. of āloketi] looked at or before. (nt.) looking at or forward.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [āloketi の pp.] 眺めること, 前視. -vilokita 前視後視.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āloketi的【过分】),【中】看著，向前看。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [āloketi 的 pp.] 看住, 前視. -vilokita 前視後視(顧視觀見).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālopa: {'def': '2﹐打劫。DA.1./I,80.：ālopo vuccati gāmanigamādīnaṁ vilopakaraṇaṁ.(打劫：村、城等抢劫)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. ① [BSk.〃＜ā-lup] 一小團(一小塊)的食物, 一口的食物. ② [＜ālopati] 奪取, 掠奪.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '1(ā + lup, cp. ālumpati; BSk. ālopa),【阳】一口(食物)，一点点(a piece (cut off), a bit (of food) morsel, esp. bits of food gathered by bhikkhus)。ālopika (在【合】中),【形】一口的(食物)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. ① [BSk.〃＜ā-lup] 団食, 一口の食. ② [＜ālopati] 奪取, 掠奪.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] a morsel; a bit; lump.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālopati: {'def': '[alumpati の caus.] 破り入る, 掠奪す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[alumpati 的 caus.] 破入(闖入), 掠奪.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālopika: {'def': 'a. [ālopa-ika] 一口的, 團食的 (cf. ālopa 之 ①).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[adj.] (in cpds.), consisting of morsels.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [ālopa-ika] 一口の, 団食の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āloḷa: {'def': '【阳】激动，混乱，喧嚣。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(m.), agitation; confusion; uproar.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āloḷesi: {'def': '[aor. of āloḷeti] confused; jumbled; mixed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āloḷeti: {'def': '[ā + luḷ + e] confuses; jumbles; mixes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+luḷ激起+e), 搞乱，混杂，混合。āloḷesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āloḷī: {'def': 'f. [＜ā-luḷ] 泥.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ā-luḷ] 泥.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālu: {'def': 'n. [〃] 食用の塊茎植物.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '([Sk. ālu & āluka],【中】可食用的树根或球茎(Radix Globosa Esculenta or Amorphophallus (Kern), Arum Campanulatum (Hardy))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] edible root or bulb; yam.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [〃] 食用的塊莖植物.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āluka: {'def': '① n. = ālu. ② a. 本性的, 性質的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '①n. =ālu. ②a. 本性の, 性質の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ālumpakāraṃ: {'def': '[adv.] taking in lumps.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālumpati: {'def': '[ā-lup, lump] 拉拔, 拔出, 拔起, 破壞.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-lup, lump] 引き抜く, 破壊す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āluḷa: {'def': '(fr. ā + lul) 被推动、困惑(being in motion, confusion or agitation, disturbed, agitated J.VI,431.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āluḷati: {'def': '[ā-lul] 動轉, 回轉, 混亂. ppr. āloḷamāna; caus. āloḷeti; pp. āluḷita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-lul] 動転す, 回転す, 混乱す. ppr. āloḷamāna; caus. āloḷeti; pp. āluḷita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā + lul; Sk. ālolati, cp. also P. āloḷeti)动来动去(to move here & there, ppr. med. āluḷamāna agitated, whirling about DhA.IV,47 (T. ālūl°; v. l. āḷul°) confuse DhsA.375. Caus. āluḷeti to set in motion, agitate, confound J.II,9, 33. -- pp. āluḷita (q. v.).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āluḷesi: {'def': '[aor. of āluḷeti] agitated; confounded.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āluḷeti: {'def': '(ā+luḷ激起+e), 搅动，使混淆。āluḷesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + luḷ + e] agitates; confounds.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āluḷita: {'def': '(āluḷeti的【过分】) 搅动，使混淆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āluḷeti] agitated; confounded.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ālāna: {'def': 'āḷāna,【中】树桩，(系象的)柱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] stake; a post (to which an elephant is tied).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āḷāna n. 棒, くい.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āḷāna n. 棒, (木)樁子.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ālāpa: {'def': '【阳】1.谈话，交谈。2.词，话。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. talk; conversation; 2. a word.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āma: {'def': '①indecl. [Sk. BSk.〃] 然り, 唯然. -jāta 奴隷女の子. ②a. [〃] なまの, 加工しない. -gandha なまぐさ, 臭穢. -giddha 餌を貪る. -āsaya 生臓, 胃.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '① indecl. [Sk. BSk.〃] 是的, 是那樣, 唯然. -jāta 女奴隷之子. ② a. [〃] 生的(沒煮過的), 不加工的. -gandha 生腥臭味, 臭穢. -giddha 貪餌(追逐餌而貪求). -āsaya 生臟, 胃.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[adj.] raw; fresh; uncooked; not ripe. (ind.), yes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【无】(表示答应的词：)是、唯〈书〉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āmaka,【形】生的，新鲜的，未煮过的，未成熟的。āmagandha,【阳】讨厌的气味，肉。āmakasusāna,【中】停屍林，为了让野兽吃而丢弃屍体的场所。Pāci.IV,264︰āmakadhaññaṁ nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrusako.(生谷(即七谷)：sāli 米(泰国说「小麦」wheat)、 vīhi 稻谷、yava 大麦(泰国说‘糯米’glutinous rice)、godhūma 小麦(泰国说「野豌豆」tares)、kaṅgu 黍(或小米、粟millet or sorghum)、varaka 豆(泰国说「薏苡仁」Job’s tears)、kudrūsaka 谷类)。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmaddana: {'def': '[nt.] crushing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】压(轧)碎。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmagandha: {'def': '[m.] verminous odour; flesh.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmajāta: {'def': '[adj.] born slave.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmaka: {'def': '=āma ② 生の, なまの, 新しい. -dhañña 生穀. -sāka 生野菜. -susāna 新墓.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] raw; fresh; uncooked; not ripe.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '= āma ② 生的(沒煮過的), 新鮮的, 新的. -dhañña 生穀. -sāka 生(野)菜. -susāna 新墓.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmakasusāna: {'def': '[nt.] charnel grove, where corpses are thrown to be eaten by wild animals.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmalaka: {'def': 'm. [〃] 阿摩勒, 餘甘子, 山査. emblic myrobalan [樹, 葉果].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 阿摩勒, 餘甘子, 山査. emblic myrobalan [樹, 葉果].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】amalakī,【阴】余甘子，庵摩罗果，醋粟，山楂(见 Amatā)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] emblic myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmalakī: {'def': 'f. =āmalaka.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[f.] emblic myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmantana: {'def': '【中】呼叫，邀请，称呼。āmantanavacana,【中】呼格。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] calling; invitation; addressing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmantanā: {'def': 'āmantana n. f. [＜āmanteti] 呼びかけ, 相談, 招待.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āmantana n. f. [＜āmanteti] 出聲招呼, 相談(商量), 招待.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmantesi: {'def': '[aor. of āmanteti] called; addressed; invited.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmanteti: {'def': '(ā+mant讨论+e), 呼叫，喊(台语：hiam3)，说，邀请(to call, address, speak to, invite, consult)。āmantesi(in poetry āmantayi),【过】。【独】āmantetvā, āmanta (= Sk. *āmantrya)。【过分】āmantita. caus. II. āmantāpeti.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + mant + e] calls; addresses; invites.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-manta 的 denom.] 出聲招呼, (談)話, 相談(商量). aor. āmantesi, āmantayi; ger. āmanta = āmantayitvā; pp. āmantita; caus. āmantāpeti 招待, 派(人)去迎接.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-manta の denom.] 呼びかける, 話す, 相談す. aor. āmantesi, āmantayi; ger. āmanta =āmantayitvā; pp. āmantita; caus. āmantāpeti 招待す, 迎えにやる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āmantita: {'def': '[pp. of āmanteti] called; addressed; invited.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āmanteti的【过分】) 呼叫，称呼，邀请。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmantā: {'def': '﹐然，确定。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmasana: {'def': '[nt.] touching; rubbing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】触摸，摩擦。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āmasati] 捉摩, 摩捉 (捉住且觸摸撫摩).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āmasati] 捉摩, 摩捉.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āmasati: {'def': '[ā-masati＜mṛś] 觸摸, 撫摩. aor. āmasi; ger. āmasitvā; grd. āmassa, āmasitabba; pp. amaṭṭha, āmasita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-masati＜mṛś] 摩す, なでる, こする. aor. āmasi; ger. āmasitvā; grd. āmassa, āmasitabba; pp. amaṭṭha, āmasita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+ma+a), 触，轻拍，擦。āmasi,【过】。āmasita 和 āmaṭṭha,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + mas + a] touches; pats; rubs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmasi: {'def': '[aor. of āmasati] touched; pated; rubbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmasita: {'def': '[pp. of āmasati] touched; pated; rubbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmattika: {'def': '【中】陶器，瓦器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmattikā: {'def': 'f. [ā-mattikā] 陶器, 土器.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [ā-mattikā] 陶器, 土器.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āmaya: {'def': '【阳】疾病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] illness.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmaṇḍa: {'def': 'm. [〃] 蓖麻, ひま.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 蓖麻(植物名, 唐胡麻的別名).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmaṇḍaliya: {'def': 'a. [ā-maṇḍala-iya] 円周の. ~ṃ karoti 人垣をつくる, まわりいっぱい集まる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-maṇḍala-iya] 圓周的. ~ṃ karoti 以人組成圓圈圍牆, 以人圍成圓圈, 四周集滿人.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmaṭṭha: {'def': 'a. [Sk. āmṛṣṭa, āmasati の pp.] 捉摩せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āmasati 的【过分】), 已接触，已触摸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āmasati] touched; pated; rubbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. āmṛṣṭa, āmasati 的 pp.] 已捉摩(捉住且觸摸撫摩, 摩捉)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmeṇḍita: {'def': '【中】惊呼。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] exclamation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmisa: {'def': 'n. [＜āma, Sk. āmiṣa ] 財, 食, 味, 利益. -khāra 灰汁(灰水, 洗濯用鹼水). -dāna 財施.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āma, Sk. āmiṣa ] 財, 食, 味, 利益. -khāra 灰汁. -dāna 財施.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] food; flesh; bait; gain. (adj.) material.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(梵āmisa),【中】食物，肉，饵，利益，财货。【形】材料。āmisadāna,【中】布施必需品(即：食物，居所等)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmisadāna: {'def': '[nt.] donation of requisites (i.e. food, lodging, etc).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmisagaru: {'def': '[adj.] interested in worldly gain.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmo: {'def': '[ind.] yes.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '﹐【无】(表示答应的词：)是、唯〈书〉。参考 āma。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '=āma ①.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āmoda: {'def': '[m.] 1. pleasure; 2. strong fragrance.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】1.快乐。2.强烈的芬芳。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmodamāna: {'def': 'a. [āmodeti 的 ppr.] 喜悅的, 正在喜悅中的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【现分】高兴的，欢喜的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [āmodeti の ppr.] 悦喜する, 喜びつつある.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] glad; joyful; rejoicing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmodanā: {'def': '[f.] rejoicing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】欣喜，高兴。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āmodati: {'def': '(ā+mud欢乐+a) 欢喜。āmodi,【过】。āmodita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + mud + a] rejoices.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmodesi: {'def': '[aor. of āmodeti] gladdened.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmodeti: {'def': '[ā-mud の caus.] 喜ばす, 満足さす. pp. āmodita. f. āmodanā 喜悅.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-mud 的 caus.] 喜(悅), 使滿足. pp. āmodita. f. āmodanā 喜悅.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【使】(ā+mud欢乐+e), 喜悦。āmodesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + mud + e] gladdens.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmodi: {'def': '[aor. of āmodati] rejoiced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmodita: {'def': '[pp. of āmodati] rejoiced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmutta: {'def': 'a. [Sk. BSk. āmukta] 装身せる, 身に着けたる, 飾れる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. BSk. āmukta] 已裝飾的, 已穿戴在身上的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(āmuñcati的【过分】), 已穿，已装饰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āmuñcati] dressed or adorned with.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmuñcati: {'def': '(ā+muc释放+ṁ-a), 穿上(服装)，穿著。āmuñci,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + muc + ṃ-a] puts on (some attire); wears.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmuñci: {'def': '[aor. of āmuñcati] put on (some attire); wore.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmā: {'def': '【阴】女奴隶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.),a slave woman.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āmāsaya: {'def': '[m.] stomach.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āma+āsaya),【阳】胃。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [āma-āsaya] 生臓, 胃.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [āma-āsaya] 生臟, 胃.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āmāvasesa: {'def': '(āma+avasesa剩余)﹐胃的残食。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [āma-avasesa] 消化.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [āma-avasesa] 消化.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āna: {'def': '[nt.] breathing; inhalation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āṇa,【中】呼吸，吸入。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānaka: {'def': '【阳】半球形铜鼓(a kind of kettledrum, beaten only at one end)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] ケトルドラム(kettledrum銅鼓,定音鼓)的一種.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] ケトルドラムの一種.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānana: {'def': '【中】面，嘴。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] face; mouth.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānanda: {'def': 'm. [ā-nanda] 歡喜, 喜.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-nanda] 歓喜, 喜び.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(Vedic ānanda, fr. ā + nand, cp. BSk. ānandī joy Divy.37.),【阳】欢乐，快乐(joy, pleasure, bliss, delight)。DA.I,53.(= pītiyā etaṁ adhivacanaṁ)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] joy; pleasure.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānandati: {'def': '[ā-nand] (歡)喜. grd. ānandiya.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-nand] 喜ぶ. grd. ānandiya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā + nandati), 欢喜的(to be pleased or delighted )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānandin: {'def': 'a. [ānanda-in] , ānandinī f. 喜ベる, 喜びを求める.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ānanda-in], ānandinī f. 歡喜的, 想要(渴望)喜悅的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(fr. ā + nand) ,【形】欢喜的(joyful, friendly)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānandiya: {'def': '(grd. of ānandati),【形】欢喜的(enjoyable, nt. joy, feast)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānandī: {'def': '(ā + nandī, cp. ānanda) ,【形】欢喜(joy, happiness)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] joyful.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānantarika: {'def': '[adj.] immediately following.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ānantariya a. [an-anta-ra-ika] 無間的, 直接的. -kamma 無間業.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ānantarikaya)(fr. an + antara + ika),【形】不间断的(without an interval, immediately following, successive)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ānantariya a. [an-anta-ra-ika] 無間の, 直接の. -kamma 無間業.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānantarika-kamma: {'def': 'the 5 heinous \'actions with immediate destiny\' are: parricide, matricide, killing an Arahat (Saint), wounding a Buddha, creating schism in the monks\' Order. In A.V., 129 it is said:

"There are 5 irascible and incurable men destined to the lower world and to hell, namely: the parricide," etc. About the 5th see A. X., 35, 38. With regard to the first crime, it is said in D. 2 that if King Ajātasattu had not deprived his father of life, he would have reached entrance into the path of Stream-entry (App.).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'This term seems to be used for the first time in Kath. (190) of the Abh. Canon; the 5 crimes mentioned, however, are already enumerated and explained in the old Sutta texts (e.g. A.V, 129), as is to be seen from the main part of this work.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ānantariya: {'def': "the 'Immediacy', is a name for that concentration of mind which is associated with such insight (vipassanā, q.v.) as is present in any one of the 4 kinds of supermundane path consciousness (s. ariya-puggala), and which therefore is the cause of the immediately following consciousness as its result or 'fruition' (phala, q.v.). According to the Abhidhamma, the path (of the Sotāpanna, etc.) is generated by the insight into the impermanence, misery and impersonality of existence, flashing up at that very moment and transforming and ennobling one's nature forever.

It is mentioned under the name of ānantarika-samādhi in the Ratana Sutta (Sn. v. 22) and in Pts.M. 1, Ñāṇakathā.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ānaya: {'def': '(ā + naya) ,【形】被带来的(to be brought, in suvānaya easy to bring)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānayati: {'def': '(=āneti) 带来，接来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see āneti ānayāpetvā : [nt.] having caused to bring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '= āneti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānaye: {'def': 'āneti の opt.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānañja: {'def': '=ānejja.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānaṇya: {'def': '[nt.] freedom from debt.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [anaṇa-ya, Sk., BSk. ānṛṇya] 無負債, 無債. cf. anaṇa.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【中】没有债务(freedom from debt)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [anaṇa-ya, Sk., BSk. ānṛṇya] 無負債, 無債. cf. anaṇa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānejja: {'def': 'ānañja, āneñja a. [a-iñjya, BSk. ānijya, āniñjya, aniñjya] 不動の. cf. āṇañja.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'ānañja, āneñja a. [a-iñjya, BSk. ānijya, āniñjya, aniñjya] 不動的. cf. āṇañja.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ānetabba: {'def': '[pt.p. of āneti] should be brought; should be fetched.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āneti: {'def': '[ā-neti＜nī] = ānayati 引導, 引路, 導致, 引來. opt. ānema, ānaye; imper. ānetha; fut. ānayissati, ānessati; inf. ānayituṃ; ger. ānetvā; aor. ānesi, ānayi, ānayiṃsu; pp. ānīta; pass. ānīyati, āniyyati; imper. āniyyataṃ; caus. ānāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+ni +a) 带来，接来，猎获，押解(to bring, to bring towards, to fetch, procure, convey, bring back)。ānetabba,【义】。ānetuṁ﹐【不】。ānetvā﹐【独】。pp. ānīta (q. v.). -- Med. pass. ānīyati & āniyyati D.II,245 (āniyyataṁ imper. shall be brought); M.I,371 (ppr. ānīyamāna). -- Caus. II. ānāpeti to cause to be fetched', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-neti＜nī] =ānayati 導く, 導き来る. opt. ānema, ānaye; imper. ānetha; fut. ānayissati, ānessati; inf. ānayituṃ; ger. ānetvā; aor. ānesi, ānayi, ānayiṃsu; pp. ānīta; pass. ānīyati, āniyyati; imper. āniyyataṃ; caus. ānāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + ni + a] brings; fetches.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āneñja: {'def': "'imperturbability', denotes the immaterial sphere (arūpāvacara; s. avacara); s. saṅkhāra. cf. M. 106.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '[adj.] static; imperturbable.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】不动的，静态的，沉著的。āneñjabhisaṅkhāra﹐不动行，指四无色禅善心。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānisada: {'def': '【中】臀部。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. 臀部, 屁股. -aṭṭhi 尾閭骨.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] the buttocks.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. 臀部, しり. -aṭṭhi 尾閭骨.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānisaṁsa: {'def': '【阳】效益，胜利，利益，功绩。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānisaṃsa: {'def': 'm. [ā-ni-saṃsa, BSk. ānuśaṃsa, anuśaṃsa] 功徳, 利益, 勝利.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-ni-saṃsa, BSk. ānuśaṃsa, anuśaṃsa] 功徳, 利益, 勝利.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] profit; merit; good result.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānubhāva: {'def': 'm. = anubhāva 威力, 威神力.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】力量，威力，辉煌，最高权威。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. =anubhāva 威力, 威神力.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] power; splendour; majestic.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānugghāṭesi: {'def': '[aor. of anugghāṭeti] opened; unfastened.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānupubba: {'def': 'n. [anupubba-ya] 順序, 法則.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [anupubba-ya] 順序, 法則.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ānupubbi-kathā: {'def': 'f. [= anupubba-kathā] 次第說法.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [=anupubba-kathā] 次第説法.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānupubbikathā: {'def': '[f.] graduated sermon.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānupubbī: {'def': '【阴】次序，连续。ānupubbīkathā,【阴】渐进的教导。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] order; succession.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānupubbī-kathā: {'def': '\'gradual instruction\', progressive sermon; given by the Buddha when it was necessary to prepare first the listener\'s mind before speaking to him on the advanced teaching of the Four Noble Truths. The stock passage (e.g. D. 3; D 14; M. 56) runs as follows:

"Then the Blessed One gave him a gradual instruction - that is to say, he spoke on liberality (\'giving\', dāna, q.v.), on moral conduct (sīla) and on the heaven (sagga); he explained the peril, the vanity and the depravity of sensual pleasures, and the advantage

of renunciation. When the Blessed One perceived that the listener\'s mind was prepared, pliant, free from obstacles, elevated and lucid; then he explained to him that exalted teaching particular to the Buddhas (buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikadesanā), that is: suffering, its cause, its ceasing, and the path."', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ānuttariya: {'def': 'n. [anuttara-ya] 無上, 最高.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [anuttara-ya] 無上, 最高.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ānāpeti: {'def': 'āneti の caus.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānāpiya: {'def': '[abs.] having commanded.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānāpāna: {'def': 'n. [āna-apāna] 安般, 安那般那, 出入息. -sati 安般念, 数息観.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āṇāpāṇa,【中】吸入和呼气，呼吸。出入息念的方法及其利益，请见《清净道论》(Vism.267.)、《无碍解道》、《律》〈波罗逸〉﹑〈大品〉。soḷasavatthukaṁ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṁ, 出入息念业处的「十六胜行」。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [āna-apāna] 安般, 安那般那, 出入息. -sati 安般念, 數息觀.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] inhaled and exhaled breath.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '入出息，安般，阿那般那', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

ānāpāna-sati: {'def': '\'mindfulness on in-and-out-breathing\', is one of the most important exercises for reaching mental concentration and the 4 absorptions (jhāna, q.v.).

In the Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta (M. 10, D. 22) and elsewhere, 4 methods of practice are given, which may also serve as basis for insight meditation. The \'Discourse on Mindfulness of Breathing\' (Ānāpānasati Sutta, M. 118) and other texts have 16 methods of practice, which divide into 4 groups of four. The first three apply to both tranquillity (samatha, q.v.) and insight-meditation, while the fourth refers to pure insight practice only. The second and the third group require the attainment of the absorptions.

"With attentive mind he breathes in, with attentive mind he breathes out.

I. (1) "When making a long inhalation he knows: \'I make a long inhalation\'; when making a long exhalation he knows: \'I make a long exhalation.\'

(2) "When making a short inhalation he knows: \'I make a short inhalation\'; when making a short exhalation he knows: \'I make a short exhalation.\'

(3) " \'Clearly perceiving the entire (breath-) body I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'clearly perceiving the entire (breath-) body I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(4) " \'Calming this bodily function I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'calming this bodily function I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

II. (5) " \'Feeling rapture (pīti) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'feeling rapture I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(6) " \'Feeling joy I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'feeling joy I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(7) " \'Feeling the mental formation (citta-saṅkhāra) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself, \'feeling the mental formation I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(8) " \'Calming the mental formation I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'calming the mental formation I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

III. (9) " \'Clearly perceiving the mind (citta) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'clearly perceiving the mind I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(10) " \'Gladdening the mind I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'gladdening the mind I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(11) " \'Concentrating the mind I will breathe in, thus he trains himself; \'concentrating the mind I will breathe out\', thus he trains himself.

(12) " \'Freeing the mind I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'freeing the mind I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself

IV. (13) " \'Reflecting on impermanence (anicca) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'reflecting on impermanence I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(14) " \'Reflecting on detachment (virāga) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'reflecting on detachment I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(15) " \'Reflecting on extinction (nirodha) I will breathe in,\' thus he trains himself; \'reflecting on extinction I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself.

(16) " \'Reflecting on abandonment (paṭinissaggānupassanā) I will breathe in, thus he trains himself; \'reflecting on abandonment I will breathe out,\' thus he trains himself."

In M 118 it is further shown how these 16 exercises bring about the 4 foundations of mindfulness (Satipaṭṭhāna, q.v.), namely: 1-4 contemplation of the body, 5-8 contemplation of feeling, 9-12 contemplation of mind (consciousness), 13-16 contemplation of mind-objects. Then it is shown how these 4 foundations of mindfulness bring about the 7 factors of enlightenment (bojjhaṅga, q.v.); then these again deliverance of mind (ceto-vimutti, q.v.) and deliverance through wisdom (paññā-vimutti, q.v.).

Literature: Ānāpānasati Saṃyutta (S. LIV). - Pts.M. Ānāpānakathā - Full explanation of practice in Vis.M. VIII, 145ff. - For a comprehensive anthology of canonical and commentarial texts, see Mindfulness of Breathing, Ñāṇamoli Thera (Kandy: BPS, 1964).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ānāpānasati: {'def': '【阴】入出息念，安那般那念，安般念。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ānāpānassati: {'def': '入出息念。巴利语的直译，又音译作阿那巴那念，或被讹略为安般念。ānāpāna由assasati（入息）和passasati（出息）组成，即入出息、呼吸。sati意为念，即保持心对所缘念念分明、不忘失。入出息念即保持正念专注于呼吸的修行方法。
修习入出息念可以证得四种色界禅那。
北传佛教有时将之称为“数息观”。然而，根据上座部佛教的教学实践，“数息”只是修习入出息念的最初阶段，不能代表整个过程。而且，入出息念包括了由止到观的完整修法，不能笼统地称为“观”。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

ānīta: {'def': '[pp. of āneti] brought.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āneti带来的【过分】), 已带来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [āneti 的 pp.] 已持來的, 已帶來的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āneti の pp.] 持ち来れる, 将来せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ānīya: {'def': '[nt.] having caused to bring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ānīyamāna: {'def': '【现被分】被接来，被带来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pr. pass. p.] being fetched or brought.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āp: {'def': '获得(obtain)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpa: {'def': 'āpo n. [Sk. ap, āp, āpaḥ] 水. -kasiṇa 水遍 [十遍処の一] . -gata 水性, 水態. -dhātu 水界. -sama 水に等しき.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.; nt.] water; liquid. (In some spds. it becomes āpo).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】【中】水，液体(fluid)，流动(fluidity)。(【合】中变成 āpo)。Dhs.#963；CS:#968.：Katamaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ āpodhātu? Yaṁ 1āpo 2āpogataṁ 3sineho 4sinehagataṁ bandhanattaṁ rūpassa ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā upādiṇṇaṁ vā anupādiṇṇaṁ vā– idaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ āpodhātu.(什么是‘色的水界’ (What is the Corporeality which is the Element of cohesion)？凡是1流动(fluidity)、2流动性、3黏(viscosity, 由外往内聚)、4黏性，5束缚(holds together)，生起於内、外，或已执取、未执取，这是「色的地界」。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āpo n. [Sk. ap, āp, āpaḥ] 水. -kasiṇa 水遍 [十遍處之ー] . -gata 水性, 水態. -dhātu 水界. -sama 等於水的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpadā: {'def': '(Sk. āpad, fr. ā + pad, cp. āpajjati & BSk. āpad),【阴】不幸，苦恼(accident, misfortune, distress)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk., BSk. āpad. cf. āpajjati] 災禍, 災害, 事故. loc. āpade, āpadāsu, āpāsu.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk., BSk. āpad. cf. āpajjati] 災禍, 災害, 事故. loc. āpade, āpadāsu, āpāsu.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpagā: {'def': '(āpa + ga of gam),【阴】河(a river)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] river.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpajjati: {'def': '(ā+pad去+ya；Sk. āpadyate), 进入(get into)，遭受、陷入(undergo)，偶遇(meet with)。ppr. āpajjanto。pot. āpajjeyya。aor. āpajji & āpādi。3rd pl. āpādu。ger. āpajjitvā。pp. āpanna。caus. āpādeti。āpajja(=āsajja & ālajja)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + pad + ya] gets into; undergoes; meets with.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-pad, Sk. āpadyate] 來, 會(面), 遭遇(遭受, 經歷), 到達. opt. āpajjeyya; aor. āpajji, āpadi; ger. āpajjitvā, āpajja; pp. āpanna; caus. āpādeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-pad, Sk. āpadyate] 来る, 会う, 遭遇す, 到達す. opt. āpajjeyya; aor. āpajji, āpadi; ger. āpajjitvā, āpajja; pp. āpanna; caus. āpādeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpakā: {'def': 'āpayā f. [āpa-ga] 川, 水流.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āpayā f. [āpa-ga] 川, 水流.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpanna: {'def': '[pp. of āpajjati] entered upon; fallen into.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āpajjati 的 pp.] 犯戒的, 已犯的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āpajjati の pp.] 犯戒の, 犯せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āpajjati 的【过分】), 1.著手过，跌入过(entered upon, fallen into, possessed of, having done)。2.不幸，苦恼(unfortunate, miserable)。āpannasattā,【阴】孕妇。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpannasattā: {'def': '[f.] a pregnant woman.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpatana: {'def': '【中】跌倒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] falling down.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpatati: {'def': '[ā-pat] 落下, 突進(猛衝闖進), 來.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+pat落下+a), 落下，冲闯(to fall on to, to rush on to)。āpati,【过】。āpatita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + pat + a] falls or rushes on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-pat] 落ちる, 突進する, 来る.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpati: {'def': '[aor. of āpatati] fell or rushed on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpatita: {'def': '[pp. of āpatati] fallen or rushed on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpatti: {'def': '(Sk. āpatti, fr. ā + pad, cp. apajjati & BSk. āpatti),【阴】进入，宗教的罪过，修行上的违犯(an ecclesiastical offence)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜āpajjati＜ā-pad] 罪, 罪過, 犯戒. -kusalatā 入罪善巧. -uṭṭhāna-kusalatā 出罪善巧.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜āpajjati＜ā-pad] 罪, 罪過, 犯戒. -kusalatā 入罪善巧. -uṭṭhāna-kusalatā 出罪善巧.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[f.] getting into; an ecclesiastical offence.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpattika: {'def': '(āpatti + ka, cp. BSk. āpattika), 【形】【阳】违犯者(guilty of an offence)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [BSk. 〃, āpatti-ka] 有罪的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [BSk. 〃, āpatti-ka] 罪ある, 有罪の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpayamāna: {'def': '[pr.p. of tāpeti] scorching; tormenting; heating.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpaṇa: {'def': '(m.), bazaar; market. āpāṇa (nt.), breathing; exhalation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(Sk. āpaṇa, ā + paṇ),【阳】市集，市场(a bazaar, shop)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 店, 市場.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 店, 市場.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpaṇika: {'def': '(fr. āpaṇa),【阳】零售商，店主(a shopkeeper, tradesman)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. m. [＜āpaṇa] 店の人, 商人.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] tradesman; shopkeeper.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. m. [＜āpaṇa] 店的人, 商人.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpeti: {'def': '[appoti＜āp 的 caus.] 使得(到).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[appoti＜āp の caus.] 得させる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āphusati: {'def': '[ā-phusati] 感知(明白了知), 到達.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-phusati] 感知す, 到達す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(a+phus+a), 感触，达到。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + phus + a] feels; attains to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpo: {'def': '=āpa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '水', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}

āpo-dhātu: {'def': "'water-element'; s. dhātu.", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āpodhātu: {'def': '[f.] the element of cohesion.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】水元素。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpucchati: {'def': '(ā+pucch询问+a), 问，询问，请允许。āpucchi,【过】。āpucchita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-pucchati] 乞求許可, 尋找, 詢問打聽. aor. āpucchi; ger. āpucchitvā, apucchitūna, āpucchā, āpuccha; grd. āpucchitabba; pp. āpucchita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-pucchati] 許可を乞う, 尋ねる. aor. āpucchi; ger. āpucchitvā, apucchitūna, āpucchā, āpuccha; grd. āpucchitabba; pp. āpucchita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpucchi: {'def': '[aor. of apucchati] enquired after; asked permission.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpucchitabba: {'def': '[pt.p. of āpucchati] should be asked or enquired after.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【义】应该询问。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpucchiya: {'def': '[abs. of āpucchati] having asked permission or leave.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpucchā: {'def': 'āpucchiya, (āpucchati的【独】), 请了允许，请了假。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[abs. of āpucchati] having asked permission or leave.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpā: {'def': 'f. =āpadā.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpādaka: {'def': 'm. āpādikā f. [＜ā-pad] m. 養育者, 保護者; f. 養母, 乳母.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(m.), one who takes care of a child; a guardian.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】照顾孩子的人，监护人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. āpādikā f. [＜ā-pad] m. 養育者, 保護者; f. 養母, 乳母.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpādesi: {'def': '[aor. of āpādeti] nursed; produced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpādetar: {'def': 'm. [＜āpādeti] 養育者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜āpādeti] 養育者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpādeti: {'def': '[āpajjati の caus.] 産出す, 将来す, 育成す. addhānaṃ ~ 時をすごす, 日を送る.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(a+pad去+e), 看护，生产。āpādesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + pad + e] nurses; produces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[āpajjati 的 caus.] 産出, 製造產生, 帶來, (養)育成(長). addhānaṃ ~ 度過(某種)時光, (生活)度日.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpādetu: {'def': '[m.] one who brings up (a child).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】抚养(孩子)的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpādi: {'def': 'āpādiṃ, āpajjati の aor. 3sg., 1sg.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[aor. of āpajjati] got into; underwent; met with.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āpajjati 的【过】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpādikā: {'def': '【阴】护士，养母。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] a nurse; a foster-mother.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpāna: {'def': 'n. [ā-pā-ana] 飲むこと, 飲酒, 酒場.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] drinking hall.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-pā-ana] 喝飲(的事), 飲酒, 酒場.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【中】饮料，宴会。āpānabhūmi,【阴】āpānamaṇḍala,【中】宴会厅。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpānabhūmi: {'def': '[f.] banqueting hall.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpānaka: {'def': 'a. ① [āpāna-ka] 飲酒癖的. ② [a-pānaka] = apānaka 不飲的, 不飲, 水行者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. ① [āpāna-ka] 飲酒癖の. ② [a-pānaka] =apānaka 不飲の, 不飲, 水行者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpānamaṇḍala: {'def': '[nt.] banqueting hall.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpānīya: {'def': 'a. [＜āpāna] 可被喝飲的, 已適合喝飲的. -kaṃsa 飲器, 酒盃.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [＜āpāna] 飲まるべき, 飲むに適した. -kaṃsa 飲器, 酒盃.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āpānīyakaṁsa: {'def': '【阳】高脚玻璃杯，酒杯，盛饮料的碗，盛饮料的容器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpānīyakaṃsa: {'def': '[m.] goblet; drinking bowl.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpātha: {'def': '【阳】(感觉器官的)范围。āpāthagata,【形】进入范围的。paccuppannālambanesu āpātham āgatesu(paccuppannārammaṇesu āpāthagatesu), 进入现在所缘范围。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-pātha] 領域, 視野, 識域.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-pātha] 領域, 視野, 識域.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(m.), sphere or range (of a sense organ).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpāthagata: {'def': '[adj.] come into the sphere.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpāthaka: {'def': '① a. 視野の, 見える. ② m. 四衢街, 四辻.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '① a. 視野的, 可見的, 看得見的. ② m. 四衢街(四通八達的街頭道路).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpāyika: {'def': 'a. [apāya-ika] 悪趣の, 苦界の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【形】出生在恶道的，恶道的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] born in or belonging to a state of misery.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [apāya-ika] 惡趣的, 苦界的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpāṇa: {'def': 'm. [ā-pāṇa] 生命. -koṭika 臨終の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā + pāṇa),【中】生命，呼吸(life, lit. breathing, only in cpd. °koṭi the end of life Miln.397; Dāvs III.93)。āpāṇakoṭika,【形】命终的(M.II,120; Vism.10.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-pāṇa] 生命. -koṭika 臨終的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āpāṇakoṭika: {'def': '[adj.] limited with the end of life.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āpūrati: {'def': '[a-pūrati] 充たされる, 充満す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + pūr + a] becomes full; increases.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[a-pūrati] 已被充滿, 充滿.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(a+pūr(梵pr / prṇ/ pūr)充满+a), 充满，增加。āpūri,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpūraṇa: {'def': '[nt.] filling; to become full.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】充填，充满。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āpūri: {'def': '[aor. of āpūrati] became full; increased.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ār: {'def': '称赞(praise)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āra: {'def': '【阳】针。āragga,【中】针或锥子的尖端。ārapatha,【阳】针路径。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(m.), a needle. ārā (f.), an awl. (ind.), away or far from; remote.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārabbha: {'def': 'adv. [ārabhati の ger. BSk. ārabhya] 関して. -vatthu 関心事, 義務.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ind.] beginning with; referring to; about.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'adv. [ārabhati 的 ger. BSk. ārabhya] 關於. -vatthu 關心事, 義務.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ind.) (ger. of ārabhati2 in abs. function; cp. Sk. ārabhya meaning since, from), 1.开始后，进行后(beginning, under taking etc., in cpd. ārabbhavatthu occasion for making an effort, concern, duty, obligation)。 2.关於((prep. with Acc.) lit. beginning with, taking (into consideration), referring to, concerning, with reference to, about)。3.依存。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārabhana: {'def': '[nt.] starting of; beginning.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】出发，开始。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārabhati: {'def': '① [〃ā-rabh, rambh] 開始, 出發, 精勤. aor. ārabhi, ārabbhi; ger. ārabbha; pp. āraddha; pass. ārabbhati. ② [Sk. ālabhate＜labh] 殺, 破壞. cf. nirārambha.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '1 (‹rabh, identical with Sk.ālabhate, ā+labh 捕捉牺牲品以便宰杀，cp.nirārambha) 杀。ārabhi,【过】。【阳.单.与.属.现分】ārabhato。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '开始、出发、着手、试图做', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}; {'def': '① [〃ā-rabh, rambh] 始む, 出発す, 励む. aor. ārabhi, ārabbhi; ger. ārabbha; pp. āraddha; pass. ārabbhati. ② [Sk. ālabhate＜labh] 殺す, 破壊す. cf. nirārambha.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '2 & ārabbhati(ā+rabhati, Sk. ārabhati & ārambhati, ā+rabh开始 (梵rabh勤加), 开始，确立(to begin, start, undertake, attempt)。viriyaṁ ārabhati，发勤精进 (cp.ārambha)。【过】ārabhi & ārabbhi。【独】ārabbha, ārabhitvā。【过分】āraddha。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + rabh + a] 1. begins; starts; 2. kills; tortures.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārabhi: {'def': '[aor. of ārabhati] 1. began; started; 2. killed; tortured.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āracaya: {'def': 'm. 撕裂, 切斷. -āracayā abl. 猛烈撕裂. cf. ārañjita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. 引き裂き, 切断. -āracayā abl. 引き裂き引き裂いて. cf. ārañjita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āraddha: {'def': 'a. [arabhati＜rabh の pp.] 開始せる, 励める. -viriya 勤精進の, 精進を起せる, 発勤の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of ārabhati] begun; started; firm.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [arabhati＜rabh 的 pp.] 已開始的, 已精勤的. -viriya 勤精進的, 已開始精進的, 發勤的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ārabhati ‘确立’的【独】；pp. of ā + rabh), 1.首先，谈到，关於。2.确保，确立，已变坚实(undertaking, holding on to, resolved, firm)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āraddhacitta: {'def': '(āraddha确立【过分】+citta心),【形】心已被确立(concentrated of mind, decided, settled)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] having won the favour.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āraddhaviriya: {'def': '(āraddha确立【过分】+viriya英雄本色) (=vīriyaṁ ārabhati),【形】直译：勇悍。已被确立，已成为全然的精进，已殷懃精进，已发勤精进(aroused energy)；古译：发勤精进，殷懃精进。S.21.3./ II,276.：‘Idha, Moggallāna, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati--kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhī ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatīti. Evaṁ kho, Moggallāna, āraddhavīriyo hotī’ti.(目犍连！於此，有比丘发勤精进住，意志坚定地剩下皮、腱、骨，身体的血肉枯乾，依人之活力，人之英雄本色，人之超常状态，不起於英雄本色之座，可达不能达。目犍连！如是为发勤精进。)《杂阿含503经》世尊言：「目揵连！若此比丘，昼则经行、若坐，以不障碍法自净其心；初夜若坐、经行，以不障碍法自净其心；於中夜时，出房外洗足，还入房右胁而卧，足足相累，系念明相，正念、正知，作起思惟；於后夜时，徐觉、徐起，若坐亦经行，以不障碍法自净其心；目揵连！是名比丘殷懃精进。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] strenuous.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āraddhā: {'def': '(abs. of ārabhati), having begun or started.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ārabhati‘开始’的【独】), 开始了，发动，发挥。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āragga: {'def': '(nt.), the point of a needle or an awl.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [ārā-agga] 錐尖, きりの先.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [ārā-agga] 錐尖, 錐子的尖端.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āraha: {'def': 'a. n. 価値ある; 適当なこと. cf. araha.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. n. 有價値的(值得的); 適當(適合,適用)的事. cf. araha.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ārakatta: {'def': 'n. [āraka-tta] 遠隔性, 遠きこと.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [āraka-tta] 遠隔性, 遠.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【中】被远离的境界。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] the state of being far from.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārakkha: {'def': 'm. [ā-rakkha, Sk. ārakṣa] 守護, 保護.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-rakkha, Sk. ārakṣa] 守護, 保護.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārakkhaka: {'def': '【阳】守卫，保护者，巡夜者，看守人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a guard; protector; watchman.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārakkheyya: {'def': '= arakkheyya 不護.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '=arakkheyya 不護.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārakkhika: {'def': 'm. [ārakkha-ika] 保護者, 看視人.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ārakkha-ika] 保護者, 看視人.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārakkhā: {'def': '[f.] 1. protection; 2. care; watch.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】1.保护。2.照料，看守。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ: {'def': '[adv.] on account of protecting.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārakā: {'def': '[ind.] away from; far off.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'adv. [Sk. ārāt, ārakāt. cf. ārā] 遠離, 遠隔(地).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'adv. [Sk. ārāt, ārakāt. cf. ārā] 遠く離れて, 遠隔に.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【无】远离，隔离，在远处的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārakūṭa: {'def': '[m.] brass.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】黄铜。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārambha: {'def': '[m.] 1. the beginning; 2. attempt.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 努力, 發勤, (為生活,工作,賺錢等而)勤勞忙碌, 辛苦.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(‹ā+rabh (rambh)；Sk.ārambha in meaning “beginning”),【阳】1.尝试(attempt)，努力(effort)。2.支持(support)，目标(object)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 努力, 発勤, あくせく, 辛苦.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārammaṇa: {'def': 's. paccaya , 2.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '(ā+ram执取﹑喜欢)；梵ālambaṇa(ā+lamb挂上),【中】感官的对象(所缘)(preoccupation; mental object)，目标(object)。ārammaṇapaccaya﹐所缘缘。《发趣论》(Paṭṭhāna)(CS:p.1.1)：「所缘缘(ārammaṇapaccayo)：1.~5.色(、声、香、味、触)处是依眼(、耳、鼻、舌、身)识界及其(眼识界)相应诸法之所缘缘为缘。6.色处、声处、香处、味处、触处是依意界(manodhātu，於南方论藏谓五门转向与二种领受之三)及其相应诸法之所缘缘为缘。7.一切诸法(意识界是以色非色之一切法为所缘。意界是唯以五境为所缘)是依。意识界(89心之中，除二种五识与意界之三为76心)及其相应诸法之所缘缘为缘。凡缘如如诸法而如如之诸法即诸心心所法生者，则如是如是之诸法是依如是如是之诸心心所法之所缘缘为缘。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [Sk. ālambana] 所縁, 縁境, 対象. -paccaya 所縁縁.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [Sk. ālambana] 所緣, 緣境, 對象. -paccaya 所緣緣.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': "'object'. There are six: visible object, sound, odor, taste, body-impression, mind-object. The mind-object (dhammārammaṇa) may be physical or mental, past, present or future, real or imaginary. The 5 sense-objects belong to the corporeality-group (rūpakkhandha, s. khandha). They form the external foundations for the sense-perceptions, and without them no sense-perception or sense-consciousness (seeing, hearing, etc.) can arise. Cf. āyatana, paccaya. (App: paccaya 2.).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '[nt.] a sense-object.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārammaṇika: {'def': '【中】能缘(能觉知的心)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārammaṇupanissaya: {'def': 'ārammaṇādhipati: s. paccaya.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ārammaṇādhipati: {'def': 'ārammaṇupanissaya: s. paccaya.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ārapatha: {'def': '[m.] path of a needle.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārata: {'def': '[pp. of āramati] keeping away from; abstaining.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āramati 的【过分】), 已远离，已自制。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-ram 的 pp.] 已離(分離,遠離)的, 已離開(退出舞台,離開政界等)的, (颱風)已過去的, (時光)已逝去的, (疼痛)已消失的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-ram の pp.] 離れたる, 去れる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārati: {'def': '【阴】节制，停止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜ā-ram] 離, 遠離.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [〃＜ā-ram] 離, 遠離.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(f.), abstinence; leaving off.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārañjita: {'def': 'a. [ā-rañjayati の pp.] 引き裂かれた, 切断された.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-rañjayati 的 pp.] 已被撕裂的, 已被切斷的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【过分】已犁，已砍伤，已擦。【中】疤痕。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of rañjayati] furrowed; slashed; scratched. (nt.) a scar.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āraññaka: {'def': 'a. [arañña-ka] =āranññika, araññaka 阿蘭若に住せる, 林住の. -aṅga 阿練若住支. -miga 野鹿, 林野の鹿. -sīla 野性.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āraññika (arañña远离地+ka (形容词化)),【形】森林的，住在森林的，住远离地(远离社区)的。āraññaka bhikkhu﹐āraññiko bhikkhu无事比丘、林住比丘。《瞿尼师经》(Goliyānisuttaṁ)，具寿舍利弗告诸比丘：无事比丘当学：(一)对於诸同梵行者，应存尊重与恭顺(sagāravena bhavitabbaṁ sappatissena)，(二)到僧伽中，依僧伽住者，应善巧安排座席(āsanakusalena bhavitabbaṁ)，(三)不应过早入村，不应过午归(nātikālena gāmo pavisitabbo nātidivā paṭikkamitabbaṁ)，(四)应行为良好(ābhisamācārikopi dhammo jānitabbo.)(五)不应於食前、食后访问诸善家(purebhattaṁ pacchābhattaṁ kulesu cārittaṁ āpajjitabbaṁ)，(六)应修习不骄傲、(衣、钵、住处不)变化多端(anuddhatena bhavitabbaṁ acapalena)( 装饰)，(七)不应具饶舌、杂语(amukharena bhavitabbaṁ avikiṇṇavācena)，(八)应好教(ㄐㄧㄠ)、具善友(suvacena bhavitabbaṁ kalyāṇamittena)，(九)应守护根门(indriyesu guttadvārena bhavitabbaṁ)，(十) 应修习於食知量(bhojane mattaññunā bhavitabbaṁ)，(十一)应修习警寤(jāgariyaṁ anuyuttena bhavitabbaṁ)，(十二)应修习具发勤精进(āraddhavīriyena bhavitabbaṁ)，(十三)应修习具念近住(upaṭṭhitassatinā bhavitabbaṁ)，(十四)应修习具入定(samāhitena bhavitabbaṁ)，(十五)应修习具智慧(paññavatā bhavitabbaṁ)(做衣服等应该做的事)。(十六)应修习阿毘达摩、胜律(abhidhamme abhivinaye)(及其注解书)，(十七)应修习超越诸色入无色之寂静解脱(santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā)，(十八)应修习超人法(uttari manussadhamme, 在此指出世间法(lokuttaradhamme))。修习此法不独无事比丘行之，人间比丘更应如此。(《中阿含26经》瞿尼师经，只有十三项，缺四、五、六、九、十二)。(M.69./I,469-473.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), belonging to or living in a forest.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [arañña-ka] = āranññika, araññaka 已住阿蘭若的, 林住的. -aṅga 阿練若住支. -miga 野鹿, 林野的鹿. -sīla 野性.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āraññakatta: {'def': '【中】住在森林的情况。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] state of living in a forest.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [āraññaka-tta] 林住.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [āraññaka-tta] 林住.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āraññakaṅga: {'def': '[nt.] vow of a forest dweller.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āraññika: {'def': '=āraññaka.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] belonging to or living in a forest.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '林野住者。有住林野习惯的比库则称为“林野住者”。
林野（arañña），即远离村庄市镇的山林、荒郊、野外。古音译为阿兰若、阿练若等。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

āraññikaṅga: {'def': "The 'exercise of the forest-dweller', is one of the ascetic purification-exercises (dhutaṅga, q.v.).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

ārocanā: {'def': '[f.] announcement.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】公告。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārocesi: {'def': '[aor. of āroceti] told; informed; announced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārocetabba: {'def': '[pt.p. of āroceti] should be informed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āroceti: {'def': '[ā-roceti＜ruc の caus. BSk. ārocayati] 告げる, のベる, 話す. aor. ārocayi, ārocesuṃ; pp. ārocita. f. ārocanā 告示. caus. ārocāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-roceti＜ruc 的 caus. BSk. ārocayati] 告知, 述說, (傳話)告訴. aor. ārocayi, ārocesuṃ; pp. ārocita. f. ārocanā 告示. caus. ārocāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+ruc发光+e), 吩咐，告知，公布。ārocesi,【3单.过】。ārocesuṁ,【3复.过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + ruc + e] tells; informs; announces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārocita: {'def': '(āroceti的【过分】), 已吩咐，已通知。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āroceti] told; informed; announced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārocāpana: {'def': '【中】由一个代理人公告或报告。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] announcement or information through an agent.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārocāpeti: {'def': '[āroceti 的 caus.] 使告知, 使通告. n. ārocāpana 布告.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[āroceti の caus.] 告げしめる. n. ārocāpana 布告.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[caus. of āroceti] causes to tell; causes to inform; causes to announce.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āroceti 的【使】)。令告知，令公布。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārodana: {'def': 'n. [＜ā-rud] 悲泣, 慟哭. cf. āruṇṇa.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ā-rud] 悲泣, 慟哭. cf. āruṇṇa.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ārodanā: {'def': '【阴】哭，悲叹。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] cry; lamentation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āroga: {'def': 'ārogatā =ārogya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārogya: {'def': '[nt.] health.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [aroga-ya] 無病, 健康. -mada 無病憍(慢).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [aroga-ya] 無病, 健康. -mada 無病憍.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(abstr.fr.aroga, i.e.ā (= a2)+roga+ya),【中】无病、健康(absence of illness, health)。ārogyamada,【阳】健康的自傲。ārogyasālā,【阴】医院，疗养院。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārogyamada: {'def': '[m.] pride of health.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārogyasālā: {'def': '[f.] hospital; sanatorium.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āroha: {'def': 'm. [＜ā-ruh] 登攀 , 高(度), 乘坐者. -pariṇāha 高跟寬. -mada (增)長高憍(慢) [(譯者補充請自行判斷) assāroha 乘馬者. hatthāroha 乘象者.].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] climbing up; growth; height; a rider.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'ārūha(fr. ā + ruh),【阳】爬上，生长，增加(climbing up, growth, increase, extent, in cpd. ārohapariṇāha, (length & circumference)。hatthārohā, 象军。assārohā,马军。(°māna + pariṇāha-māna); SnA 382. assāroha, 骑马。hatthāroha, 骑象。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-ruh] 登攀 , 高さ, 乗者. -pariṇāha 高さと幅. -mada 長高憍.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārohaka: {'def': '【阳】骑士。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a rider.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārohana: {'def': '[nt.] climbing; ascending.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】攀登，登上。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārohanīya: {'def': '[adj.] suitable for riding.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārohati: {'def': '= ārūhati, āruhati.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'see āruhati.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '登上，攀登。参考 āruhati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārohaṇa: {'def': 'n. [＜ā-ruh] 登上的事(cf. upadhāna之說明).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜ā-ruh] 登ること.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āropana: {'def': '【中】放在，上升起，把…交托给。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] putting on; raising up to; committing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āropesi: {'def': '[aor. of āropeti] put on; impeached; got ready.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āropetabba: {'def': '[pt.p. of āropeti] should be put on; should be impeached.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āropeti: {'def': '[āruhati 的 caus.] 使登上, 上升, 給與, 準備(好), 出示. vādaṃ ~ 加入議論, 論破. pp. āropita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+rup栽种+e), 穿上，检举，准备好。āropesi,【3s.过】。āropesuṁ,【3p.过】。āropetabba,【义】。āropetvā,【独】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + rup + e] puts on; impeaches; gets ready.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[āruhati の caus.] 上らしめる, 上げる, 与える, 用意す, 示す. vādaṃ~ 議論にのせる, 論破す. pp. āropita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āropita: {'def': '[pp. of āropeti] put on; impeached; got ready.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āropeti的【过分】) 穿上，检举，准备好。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [āropeti の pp.] 上らされたる, 着けられた, 作られたる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āropeti 的 pp.] 已被登上的, 已被穿着的, 已被(製)作的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āropitaniyāmena: {'def': '[adv.] according to the prescribed order.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āruhana: {'def': '[nt.] ascending or climbing up.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】登上，攀登。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āruhanta: {'def': '(āruhana的【现分】) 登上，攀登。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pr.p. of āruhati] ascending; climbing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āruhati: {'def': '(ā+ruh上升+a) 登上，爬上，攀登。āruhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ārohati ā + ruh + a] ascends; mounts; climbs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āruhi: {'def': '[aor. of āruhati] ascended; mounted; climbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āruhya: {'def': '[abs.] having ascended; mounted; climbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āruppa: {'def': '[nt.; m.] an incorporeal being; formless state.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. n. [arūpa-ya] 無色の; 無色界. -ṭṭhāyin 無色住の, 無色界に在る者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】【阳】无色衆生，无实体的衆生，无色界。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 's. jhāna.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'a. n. [arūpa-ya] 無色的; 無色界. -ṭṭhāyin 無色住的, 在無色界者.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āruyha: {'def': '[abs. of āruhati] having ascended; having mounted; having climbed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āruhati的【独】) 登上，爬上，攀登。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āruṇṇa: {'def': 'a. n. [ā-rud 的 pp.] 悲泣的; 悲嘆.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. n. [ā-rud の pp.] 悲泣する; 悲嘆.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārā: {'def': '【无】在远处，远离，遥远的。ārācārī,【三】远离而住。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '①f. [〃] 錐. cf. āragga. ②adv. [āra の abl.] 離れて, 遠く. -cārin 遠行の, 遠く離れて住む. cf. ārakā, ārakatta.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '① f. [〃] 錐. cf. āragga. ② adv. [āra 的 abl.] 遠離, 遠. -cārin 遠行的, 遠離～而住. cf. ārakā, ārakatta.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】锥子(awl)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārācārin: {'def': '(ārā远离+cārin行),【形】远离的行。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārācārī: {'def': '[3] living far from.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārādhaka: {'def': 'a. [ā-rādha-ka] 成功的, 熱心的, 適意的, 使人歡喜的. ārādhikā f.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[m.] one who invites or propitiates.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】邀请的人，劝解的人，成就的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-rādha-ka] 成功する, 熱心な, 適意の, 喜ばす. ārādhikā f.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārādhanā: {'def': '【阴】邀请，成就，嬴得赞同。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ārādhana n. f. [cf. ārādhaka] 滿足, 適意, 成功.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'ārādhana n. f. [cf. ārādhaka] 満足, 適意, 成功.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[f.] invitation; accomplishment; winning of favour.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārādhesi: {'def': '[aor. of ārādheti] invited; pleased; won favour; obtained.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārādheti: {'def': '[ā + rādh + e] invites; pleases; wins favour; obtains.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+rādh+e), 邀请，取悦，赢得好意，达到。ārādhesi,【过】。ārādhita,【过分】。ārādheyya,【义】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-rādh 的 caus.] 使喜, 使適意, 到達, 成功. aor. ārādhayi; pp. ārādhita. cf. ārādhaka.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-rādh の caus.] 喜ばす, 適意ならしむ, 到達する, 成功する. aor. ārādhayi; pp. ārādhita. cf. ārādhaka.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārādhetvā: {'def': '[abs. of ārādheti] having invited; pleased; won favour; obtained.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārādhita: {'def': '[pp. of ārādheti] invited; pleased; won favour; obtained.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāma: {'def': 'm. [〃] 園, 園林, 遊園, 公園, 僧園. -pāla 守園者. -ropa, -ropana 造園者, 造林. -vatthu 僧園的敷地(土地,用地).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】1.快乐，高兴。2.公园。3.寺院。ārāmapāla,【阳】公园的看守员。ārāmaropa,【阳】种植者。ārāmavatthu,【中】花园的地点。ārāmika,【阳】寺院的侍从,【形】寺院的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 園, 園林, 遊園, 公園, 僧園. -pāla 守園者. -ropa, -ropana 造園者, 造林. -vatthu 僧園の敷地.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. pleasure; delight; 2. a park; 3. a monastery.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmacetiya: {'def': '[nt.] a sacred garden.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmakoṭṭhaka: {'def': '[m.] gate-tower of a monastery.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmapāla: {'def': '[m.] keeper of a park.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmaropa: {'def': '[m.] a planter.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmarāmaṇeyyaka: {'def': '[nt.] a pleasant grove.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmatā: {'def': 'f. [ārāma-tā] 喜, 滿足.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】执著，附著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] attachment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [ārāma-tā] 喜び, 満足.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ārāmavatthu: {'def': '[nt.] site for a garden.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ārāmika: {'def': 'a. m. [ārāma-ika] 喜べる, 僧園の; 寺男. f. ārāmakiṇī 寺女, 寺への女客.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] an attendant in a monastery. (adj.) belonging to a monastery.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. m. [ārāma-ika] 已喜的, 僧園的; 寺男. f. ārāmakiṇī 寺女, 朝寺的女客.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ārāva: {'def': '[m.] cry; noise.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】哭声，噪音。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ārūhati: {'def': 'āruhati [ā-run] 上る, 登る. aor. āruhaṃ; ger. āruhitvā, āruyha; pp. ārūḷha; caus. āropeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āruhati [ā-run] 上, 登. aor. āruhaṃ; ger. āruhitvā, āruyha; pp. ārūḷha; caus. āropeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ārūḷha: {'def': '[pp. of āruhati] ascended; mounted; climbed; embarked.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āruhati 的 pp.] 已登上的, 已乘坐的, 已到達的, 已穿着的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āruhati の pp.] 登れる, 乗れる, 到れる, 着ける.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āruhati 的【过分】), 已乘(马)，已乘(船)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ās: {'def': '﹐【字根I.】坐著(to sit)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(巴ās), 坐(sit)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(梵ās)﹐【字根I.】坐著(to sit)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsabba: {'def': '[adj.] bull-like, i.e. of strong and eminent qualities.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsabha: {'def': '【形】像公牛一样的，即：强壮的特质和显赫的特质。āsabhaṭṭhāna,【中】卓著的地位。āsabhī, (usabha 的【阴】), 壮丽的，大胆的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ārṣabha＞ṛṣabha = usabha] 牛, 牡牛, 牛王. -ṭṭhāna 最上處, 最上位.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. ārṣabha＞ṛṣabha=usabha] 牛, 牡牛, 牛王. -ṭṭhāna 最上処, 最上位.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsabhaṭṭhāna: {'def': '[nt.] a distinguished position.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsabhin: {'def': 'a. [āsabha-in] 牡牛の如き, 偉大な.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āsabha-in] 如牡牛的, 偉大的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsabhī: {'def': '[f.] (of āsabha), imposing; bold.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsada: {'def': '[ā+sad; cp.āsajja & āsādeti] 接近(approach)，处理(dealing with)。durāsada, 难坐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-sad] 接近, 交渉, 近坐.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-sad] 接近, 交渉, 近坐.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsajja: {'def': '[abs. of āsādeti] having approached, insulted or knocked against.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'adv. [āsādeti＜ā-sad の caus. の ger.] ①近くに. =āsanna. ②近着して, 接近して, 常侍して, 任意に, 喜んで. ③叱責して, 攻撃して.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'adv. [āsādeti＜ā-sad 的 caus. 的 ger.] ① 近. = āsanna. ② 近着, 接近, 常侍, 任意地, 喜悅(地). ③ 叱責, 攻撃.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(āsādeti 的【独】), 接近了，侮辱，碰撞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsajjana: {'def': '[nt.] 1. knocking against; 2. insult; 3. attachment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āsajja] 叱責, 攻撃, 襲撃.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āsajja] 叱責, 攻撃, 襲撃.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【中】1.碰撞。2.侮辱。3.执著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsajjati: {'def': '(ā+sad坐+ya), 撞，很生气，执著。āsajji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + sad + ya] knocks against; becomes angry; was attached to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsajji: {'def': '[aor. of āsajjati] knocked against; became angry; was attached to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsamuddaṃ: {'def': 'adv. [ā-samuddaṃ＜samudda] (從～)到海(為止等).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'adv. [ā-samuddaṃ＜samudda] 海まで.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsana: {'def': 'n. [＜āsati] 坐具, 坐所, 座.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '1(‹āsati),【中】坐下(sitting, sitting down)，座位(a seat)，龛(throne)。āsanaka﹐【中】小座位。āsanasālā,【阴】有座位的厅堂。ekāsana独坐(sitting alone, a solitary seat)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2 (?) 吃(eating)(Vism.116)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āsati] 坐具, 坐所, 座.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(nt.), a seat; sitting down.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsanasālā: {'def': '[f.] a hall with sitting accommodation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsandi: {'def': '(‹ā + sad),【阴】长椅(an extra long chair, a deck-chair)。DA.1./I,86︰āsandinti pamāṇātikkantāsanaṁ.(长椅︰超长椅子)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ā-sad] 高床, 高椅, 長椅.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ā-sad] 高床, 高椅, 長椅.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[f.] a long chair; deck-chair.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsandikā: {'def': 'f. [āsandi-ka] 小椅子, 低的平台.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [āsandi-ka] 小椅子, 低い台.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsanna: {'def': 'a. [āsīdati 的 pp.] 近的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】接近的。【中】邻近，邻域。DhsA.(CS:p.106)：āsannakāraṇaṁ padaṭṭhānaṁ nāma.(邻近之因，称为’近因’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [āsīdati の pp.] 近き.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] near. (nt.), neighbourhood.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsappanā: {'def': '(‹ā+ srp蹑手蹑脚)﹐爬行，疑惑(lit. “creeping on to”, doubt, mistrust)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsappati: {'def': '(ā++sap服务+ā) 努力，奋斗，挣扎。āsappi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + sap + a] struggles about.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsappi: {'def': '[aor. of āsappati] struggled about.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsasāna: {'def': 'a. [āsaṃsati 的 ppr.] 希望的, 希求的. = āsiṃsanta, āsamāna, āsayāna.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】愿，欲望。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] wishing; desiring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āsaṃsati の ppr.] 希望する, 希求する. =āsiṃsanta, āsamāna, āsayāna.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsati: {'def': '[ās] 坐. 2sg. āsi; pp. āsīna.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ās + a), sits.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ās坐+a), 坐。āsi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ās] 坐す. 2sg. āsi; pp. āsīna.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsatta: {'def': '2﹐已被诅咒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. ① [ā-sañj 的 pp.] 已懸掛的, 已佩帶的, 已執着的. ② [ā-śap 的 pp.] 已詛咒的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(pp. of āsajjati), 1. attached to; clinging; 2. accursed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '1 (āsajjati 的【过分】), 已附上，已执著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. ①[ā-sañj の pp.] 懸けたる, 下げたる, 執着せる. ②[ā-śap の pp.] のろえる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsatti: {'def': '(ā+sañj挂起来),【阴】牵挂(attachment, hanging on)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ā-sañj] 執着, 執持, 依存.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [＜ā-sañj] 執着, 執持, 依存.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsava: {'def': '漏，烦恼的异名。有四种漏：欲漏、有漏、见漏和无明漏。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '(ā向﹑从…+su(梵sru)流动),【阳】1.流动的。2.幽灵。3.痛处的流出，4.(贪瞋痴的)漏(原意：流向，从…流)。各种烦恼中，「漏」是最古的用法，「漏」在佛教是「漏出」的意思，心中的污秽泄漏到外面眼流者。《杂阿含551经》：「眼识起贪，依眼界贪欲流出，故名为流。耳鼻舌身意流者，谓意识起贪，依意界贪识流出，故名为流。」(T2.144中)；在耆那教则是「漏入」的意思，污秽从外面流入体内」附著於阿特曼(Atman)。总之，「漏」是佛教和耆那教所共用的。在四漏当中，欲漏与有漏都是属於贪心所，前者是对五欲的贪，后者是对存在或生命的贪。见漏是邪见心所，无明漏则是痴心所。「四漏」(cattāro āsavā)。DhsA.CS:p.402：pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhāte kāme āsavo ‘kāmāsavo’.(「欲漏」是所谓的五种欲漏)，Rūpārūpasaṅkhāte kammato ca upapattito ca duvidhepi bhave āsavo ‘bhavāsavo’.(「有漏」是从色、无色的业，产生两种‘有’的流漏)。Diṭṭhi eva āsavo ‘diṭṭhāsavo’(「见漏」是邪见的漏)，Avijjāva āsavo ‘avijjāsavo’(「无明漏」则是无明的漏)。Vibhv.p.167︰Rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo bhavāsavo. Jhānanikantisassatadiṭṭhisahagato ca rāgo ettheva saṅgayhati.(於色、无色的欲染为「有漏」。此处收录具有常见的禅那欲求的染)。《中部》第九经《正见经》，舍利弗尊者说：「当漏生起，无明即生起」(āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo)「当无明生起，漏即生起。」(avijjā-samudayā āsavasamudayo)《殊胜义》(Atthasālinī (PTS:1115；CS:1120)：「道的趣向中，须陀洹道断欲漏，斯陀含道断有漏，阿那含道断邪见漏，阿罗汉道断无明漏。」(Maggapaṭipāṭiyā sotāpattimaggena diṭṭhāsavo pahīyati, anāgāmimaggena kāmāsavo, arahattamaggena bhavāsavo avijjāsavo cāti.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(lit: influxes), \'cankers\', taints, corruption\'s, intoxicant biases. There is a list of four (as in D. 16, Pts.M., Vibh.): the canker of sense-desire (kāmāsava), of (desiring eternal) existence (bhavāsava), of (wrong) views (diṭṭhāsava), and of ignorance (avijjāsava). A list of three, omitting the canker of views, is possibly older and is more frequent in the Suttas , e.g. in M. 2, M. 9, D. 33; A. III, 59, 67; A. VI, 63. - In Vibh. (Khuddakavatthu Vibh.) both the 3-fold and 4-fold division are mentioned. The fourfold division also occurs under the name of \'floods\' (ogha) and \'yokes\' (yoga).

Through the path of Stream-Entry, the canker of views is destroyed; through the path of Non-Returning, the canker of sense-desire; through the path of Arahatship, the cankers of existence and ignorance. M. 2 shows how to overcome the cankers, namely, through insight, sense-control, avoidance, wise use of the necessities of life, etc. For a commentarial exposition, see Aṭṭhasālinī Tr. I, p. 63f: II, pp. 475ff.

Khīṇāsava, \'one whose cankers are destroyed\', or \'one who is canker-free\', is a name for the Arahat or Holy One. The state of Arahatship is frequently called āsavakkhaya, \'the destruction of the cankers\'. Suttas concluding with the attainment of Arahatship by the listeners, often end with the words: "During this utterance, the hearts of the Bhikkhus were freed from the cankers through clinging no more" (anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsūti).', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. āsrava＜ā-sru] 漏, 流漏, 煩悩, 酒. -kkhaya 漏尽.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. āsrava＜ā-sru] 漏, 流漏, 煩惱, 酒. -kkhaya 漏盡.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '使迷醉的分泌、心的迷醉（漏）', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. that which flows; 2. spirit; 3. discharge from a sore; 4. ideas which intoxicate the mind.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsavakkhaya: {'def': '【阳】漏尽(铲除了贪瞋痴的漏)。āsavatthānīyā dhammā,依止於漏之法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] destruction of intoxicants of the mind.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'see above.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āsavana: {'def': '[nt.] flowing down.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】流下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsavati: {'def': '(ā+su(梵sru)流动+a),流动。āsavi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + su + a] flows.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsavi: {'def': '[aor. of āsavati] flowed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsaya: {'def': '(ā + wī﹐The semantically related Sk. āwraya from ā + wri is in P. represented by assaya. Cp. also BSk. āwayatah intentionally, in earnest),【阳】1.住所，常到的地方(abode, haunt, receptacle; dependence on, refuge, support, condition)。2.倾向(inclination, intention, will, hope; often combd. & compared with anusaya (inclination, hankering, disposition)。3.流出物、排泄物(outflow, excretion)。gabbhāsaya( = gabbha-mala)﹐内部排泄物。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. āśraya, BSk. āśaya] ①所依, 依所, 棲処. ②意志, 意向, 意楽. cf. ajjhāsaya. ③ 分泌物.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] 1. abode; haunt; 2. deposit; 3. inclination.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. āśraya, BSk. āśaya] ① 所依, 依所, 棲處. ② 意志, 意向, 意樂. cf. ajjhāsaya. ③ 分泌物.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsayati: {'def': '[ā-śī または āsā の denom.] 望む, 希求す. grd. āsāyana. cf. āsaya ②.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-śī 或 āsā 的 denom.] 希望, 希求. grd. āsāyana. cf. āsaya 之 ②.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā + wī; lit. “lie on”),希望、欲望(to wish, desire, hope, intend )。grd. āsāyana, gloss esamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsañcicca: {'def': 'n. [a-sañcita-ya] 不知, 無意, 無識.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [a-sañcita-ya] 不知, 無意, 無識.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṃ: {'def': 'ayaṃ の f. pl. dat. と gen.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'ayaṃ 的 f. pl. dat. 及 gen.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '指示代名词 ay / i（this / these）阴性f.复数p.与格', 'xr': '《巴利语入门》释性恩(Dhammajīvī)'}; {'def': '指示代名词 ay / i（this / these）阴性f.复数p.属格', 'xr': '《巴利语入门》释性恩(Dhammajīvī)'}

āsaṃsa: {'def': 'a. m. [＜āsaṃsati] 希望的, 希求的; 希求.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. m. [＜āsaṃsati] 希望する, 希求する; 希求.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṃsati: {'def': '[ā-śaṃs] 期待, 希望, 欲求. cf. āsaṃsā f. 欲求, 希望.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-śaṃs] 期待す, 望む, 欲求す. cf. āsaṃsā f. 欲求, 希望.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṃsuka: {'def': 'a. [＜āsaṃsa] 充滿期待的, 希求的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [＜āsaṃsa] 期待に充てる, 希求する.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṅga: {'def': 'm. [＜ā-sañj] 固着, 執着, 着衣.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-sañj] 固着, 執着, 着衣.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṅkati: {'def': '[ā-śaṅk] 危懼, (懷)疑. aor. āsaṅki; pp. āsaṅkita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-śaṅk] 危惧す, 疑う. aor. āsaṅki; pp. āsaṅkita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+sak+ṁ-a), 嫌疑，不信任。āsaṅki,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + sak + ṃ-a] suspects; distrusts.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsaṅki: {'def': '[aor. of āsaṅkati] suspected; distrusted.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsaṅkin: {'def': 'a. [āsaṅkā-in] 有危懼的, 擔心的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āsaṅkā-in] 危惧ある, 心配の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṅkita: {'def': '(āsaṅkati ‘嫌疑’的【过分】), 已惴惴不安，已可疑，已疑神疑鬼。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āsaṅkati] suspected; distrusted. (adj.), apprehensive; doubtful; suspicious.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsaṅkā: {'def': 'f. [Sk. āśaṅkā] 危懼, 憂慮, 疑念.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】疑惑，怀疑，恐惧。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[f.] doubt; suspicion; fear.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk. āśaṅkā] 危惧, 憂慮, 疑念.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsaṅkī: {'def': '【形】惴惴不安的，可疑的。参考 āsaṅkita嫌疑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.), apprehensive; doubtful; suspicious.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsevana-paccaya: {'def': "'repetition', is one of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āsevanā: {'def': '(f.), practice; pursuit; association.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】练习，追求，结交。āsevanābhāvanā, 紧凑练习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āsevana n. f. [＜āsevati] 習行(練習實行), 習熟(練習熟悉).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'āsevana n. f. [＜āsevati] 習行, 習熟.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsevati: {'def': '[ā + sev + a] associates; practises; frequents.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-sev] 習行する, 行なう, 習熟す. pp. āsevita; grd. āsevitabba.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+sev(梵sev)联合+a), 结交，练习，与…时常交往。āsevi,【过】。āsevita,【过分】。cf. bhāveti (‹bhū), 修习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-sev] 習行(練習實行), 實行練習, 習熟(練習熟悉). pp. āsevita; grd. āsevitabba.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsevi: {'def': '[aor. of āsevati] associated; practised; frequented.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsevita: {'def': '[pp. of āsevati] associated; practised; frequented.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsevitabba: {'def': 'a. [āsevati の grd.] 習行されるべき.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āsevati 的 grd.] 能(可,應)被習行(練習實行)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsi: {'def': '(3rd sing. aor. of as), he was. (aor. of āsati), sat. āsī (f.), blessing; fang of a snake.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '①atthi の aor. 2sg., 3sg. ②āsati の pr. 2sg.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(as 的【过.三.单】), 他是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsitta: {'def': '【过分】āsiñcati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āsiñcati] sprinkled; poured over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āsiñcati 的 pp., Sk. āsikta] 已注入的, 已灌入的, 已散布的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āsiñcati の pp., Sk. āsikta] 注げる, 灌げる, 散布せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsittaka: {'def': '[nt.] a condiment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】佐料。āsittakupadhāna,【中】佐料的容器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsittakupadhāna: {'def': '[nt.] receptacle for condiments.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiñcanta: {'def': '[pr.p. of āsiñcati] sprinking; pouring.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiñcati: {'def': '(ā+sic倾倒+ṁ-a), 洒，灌注。āsiñci,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-sic ] 灌(注)入, 灑水. pp. āsitta; ger. āsiñcitvā.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-sic ] そそぐ, 散水す. pp. āsitta; ger. āsiñcitvā.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + sic + ṃ-a] sprinkles; pours over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiñci: {'def': '[aor. of āsiñcati] sprinkled; poured over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiṁ: {'def': '(as 的【过.1.单】), 我是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsiṁsaka: {'def': '【形】愿望的，积极的，候选人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsiṁsanā: {'def': '(ā+waṁs, cp.āsiṁsati),【阴】希望，欲望。=āsīsanā (Nett 53)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsiṁsati: {'def': '(ā+siṁs祝福+a), 希望，欲望。āsiṁsi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsiṃ: {'def': 'āsiṃsu, atthi の aor.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[1st sing. (aor. of as)] I was.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiṃsaka: {'def': '[adj.] wishing; aspiring after; a candidate.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiṃsanā: {'def': '[f.] wish; hope; desire.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiṃsati: {'def': '[ā + siṃs + a] hopes for; desires.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-śaṃs =āsaṃsati, Sk. āśaṃsati] 希望す, 希求す. opt. āsiṃsare; ppr. āsiṃsamāna, āsamāna; grd. āsiṃsaniya. cf. āsiṃsanaka, āsiṃsanā.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-śaṃs = āsaṃsati, Sk. āśaṃsati] 希望, 希求. opt. āsiṃsare; ppr. āsiṃsamāna, āsamāna; grd. āsiṃsaniya. cf. āsiṃsanaka, āsiṃsanā.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsiṃsi: {'def': '[aor. of āsiṃsati] hoped for; desired.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsiṭṭha: {'def': '(āsiñsati 的【过分】), 1.已希望，已渴望。2.已受祝福。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āsiṃsati] 1. wished or longed for; 2. blessed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsu: {'def': '【无】很快地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ind.), quickly.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsumbhati: {'def': '(ā+subh(梵wubh / wumbh)使漂亮+ṁ-a), 丢下一些液体。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āsumhati [ā-śumbh] 落(下), 投(擲). aor. āsumhi.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + subh + ṃ-a] throws down some liquid.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āsumhati [ā-śumbh] 落とす, 投げる. aor. āsumhi.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsuṁ: {'def': '(as 的【过.三.复】), 他们是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsuṃ: {'def': '[3rd plu. (aor. of as)] they were.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'atthi の aor. 3pl.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsā: {'def': '[f.] wish; desire; hope; longing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk. āśā] 希望, 願望, 意欲.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】希望，欲望，渴望。āsā =taṇhā。āsābhaṅga,【阳】失望。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk. āśā] 希望, 願望, 意欲.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsābhaṅga: {'def': '[m.] disappointment.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsādesi: {'def': '[aor. of āsādeti] offended; assailed; insulted.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsādeti: {'def': '[āsīdati の caus.] 打つ, 攻撃す, 出離す, 近づく. aor. āsādesi, āsādā; ger. āsādetvā, āsādiya, āsajja; inf. āsāduṃ, āsādituṃ; grd. āsādanīya.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + sad + e] offends; assails; insults.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[āsīdati 的 caus.] 打(撃), 攻撃, 出離, 靠(接)近. aor. āsādesi, āsādā; ger. āsādetvā, āsādiya, āsajja; inf. āsāduṃ, āsādituṃ; grd. āsādanīya.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+sad坐+e) (Caus. of āsīdati, ā + sad; cp. āsajja & āsanna), 犯罪，攻击，侮辱(to lay hand on, to touch, strike; fig. to offend, assail, insult ) aor. āsādesi; ger. āsādetvā, āsādiya & āsajja; infin. āsāduṁ & āsādituṁ; grd. āsādanīya. -- 2.接近(to come near to (c. Acc.), approach, get)。āsādesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsāsamāna: {'def': '【现分】逗留，久留。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pr.p.] lingering; remaining long.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsāḷha: {'def': 'āsādha(梵āsāḍha,),【阳】阿沙荼月(月份名，大约在六月至七月之间，阴历5月16至6月15)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] name of a month.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsāḷhi: {'def': 'āsāḷhī(梵āsāḍhī),【形】箕宿(pubbāsāḷha)与斗宿 (uttarāsāḷha)的连接；阿沙荼月(āsāḷha)的满月日(阴历6月15)。āsāḷhipuṇṇamadivase, 在阿沙荼月圆日。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsāḷhā: {'def': 'āsāḷhī f. [Sk. āṣāḍha] 阿沙陀, 頞沙荼[月], 月名[六~七月].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'āsāḷhī f. [Sk. āṣāḍha] 阿沙陀, 頞沙荼[月], 月名[六~七月].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsāḷhī: {'def': '[adj.] connected with āsāḷha constellation.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āsāṭikā: {'def': 'f. 蟲卵, 蠅的卵.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阴】蝇卵。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': "[f.] fly's egg.", 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'f. 虫卵, 蝿の卵.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsī: {'def': '【阴】祝福，(毒蛇的)毒牙。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsīdati: {'def': '[ā-sad] 近坐, 靠(接)近, 得(到), 攻撃, 襲(撃). opt. āsīde; pp. āsanna; caus. āsādeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-sad] 近坐す, 近づく, 得る, 攻撃す, 襲う. opt. āsīde; pp. āsanna; caus. āsādeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsīna: {'def': 'a. [āsati＜ās の pp.] 坐せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of āsati] sat; seated; sitting.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āsati＜ās 的 pp.] 已坐的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(āsati 的【过分】), 已坐，已就坐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āsītika: {'def': 'a. [asīti-ka] 八十才の, 八十の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] eighty years old.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】八十岁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [asīti-ka] 八十歲的, 八十的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āsītikā: {'def': 'f. 草名.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. 草の名.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āsīvisa: {'def': 'm. [BSk. āsīviṣa ] 蛇, 毒蛇.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. āsīviṣa ] 蛇, 毒蛇.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】蛇，毒在毒牙中的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] a snake; whose poison is in the fangs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātapa: {'def': '[m.] sunshine; heat of the sun.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-tapa] 陽光, 熱, 熱心.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】阳光。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-tapa] 陽光, 熱, 熱心.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ātapati: {'def': '[ā-tap] 焼ける, 燃える.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-tap] 燒焦, 著火燃燒, 熾熱, 光亮耀眼.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+ tap(梵tap)热+a) 照耀。ātapi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + tap + a] shines.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātapatta: {'def': '[nt.] sunshade; umbrella.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】遮阳伞，伞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ātapi: {'def': '[aor. of ātapati] shone.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātappa: {'def': 'n. [ātāpa-ya] 熱勤, 熱心, 勇猛.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [ātāpa-ya] 熱勤, 熱心, 勇猛.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(Sk. *ātāpya, fr. ātāpa),【阳】热心，努力(ardour, zeal, exertion)。ātappakaraṇā﹐勇猛。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] ardour; exertion.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātata: {'def': '(nt.), a drum with one face.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】单面鼓。ātatavitata,【中】双边都包皮革的鼓。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ātatavitata: {'def': '[nt.] a drum covered with leather on all sides.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātatta: {'def': '[pp. of ātapati] heated; scorched.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ātapati 的【过分】), 已加热，已烧焦。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ātaṅka: {'def': '【阳】疾病，弊病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 病気, 病悩.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] illness; disease.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃] 生病, 病惱(患病憂慮苦惱).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātaṅkin: {'def': 'a. 患病憂慮苦惱的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. 病める.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āthabbaṇa: {'def': 'n. [=athabbaṇa] Atharvaveda, 魔法, 魔術.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [= athabbaṇa] Atharvaveda, 魔法, 魔術.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āthabbaṇika: {'def': 'a. m. [āthabbaṇa-ika] 魔術師.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. m. [āthabbaṇa-ika] 魔術師.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātitheyya: {'def': 'n. [ati-theyya] 大盜.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [ati-theyya] 大盗.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ātoḷeti: {'def': '[āluḷati の caus.] 混合する, 動乱さす.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[āluḷati 的 caus.] 混合, 使動亂.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātu: {'def': 'm. 父.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. 父.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātuma: {'def': '【阳】灵魂，自己。参考 atta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[m.] see atta.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātuman: {'def': 'm. [= attan, Sk. ātman] 我, 自我. (sg.) nom. ātumo, ātumā, ātumāno; acc. ātumānaṃ; loc. ātume.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [=attan, Sk. ātman] 我, 自我. (sg.) nom. ātumo, ātumā, ātumāno; acc. ātumānaṃ; loc. ātume.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ātura: {'def': '[adj.] affected with; sick; deceased.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [〃] 苦惱的, 患病憂慮苦惱的. -kāya 病身.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(Sk.ātura, cp.BSk.ātura),【形】生病的(ill, sick, diseased)，不舒服(miserable)，受到影响的(affected)。āturakāya﹐身体生病(《杂107》：苦患身)。āturarūpa (身体生病)=abhitunna-kāya(已制服身体)。āturanna﹐供给愁苦的食物(food of the miserable﹐死刑前的最后一餐(maraṇabhojana))。āturacitta﹐心生病(《杂107》：苦患心)。anātura﹐无病的。【反】anāturā ‹ an-ātura, a.m.Nom.pl.，an- 为否定接头词，接於「母音开头」的语词前。Dhp.(v.198)︰āturesu anāturā, 生病(的众生)中没有生病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. [〃] 苦悩せる, 病める. -kāya 病身.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āturanna: {'def': '[nt.] food for the sick.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātāpa: {'def': 'm. [ā-tāpa] 熱, 熱心.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [ā-tāpa] 熱, 熱心.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(m.), glow; heat; ardour.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā + tāpa fr. tap; cp. tāpeti),【阳】赤热，热，热心(glow, heat)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

ātāpana: {'def': '[nt.] mortification; torture.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】禁欲，苦修，折磨(tormenting, torture, mortification)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-tāpana] 苦行.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [ā-tāpana] 苦行.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

ātāpesi: {'def': '[aor. of ātāpeti] scorched; tormented.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

ātāpeti: {'def': '[ā-tāpeti] 焼く, 苦しめる, 苦行す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + tap + e] scorches; torments.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+tap(梵tap)热+e), 使烧，折磨(to burn, scorch)。ātāpesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-tāpeti] 燒(毀), 使苦惱, 使痛苦, 折磨, 苦行.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātāpin: {'def': 'a. [ātāpa-in, BSk. 〃] 熱心の, 熱意ある, 正勤の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ātāpa-in, BSk. 〃] 熱心的, 有熱(心誠)意的, 正勤的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

ātāpī: {'def': '(adj.), ardent; strenuous.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '精勤', 'xr': '《巴利语字汇》 -葛印卡内观中心四念住课程开示集要附录'}; {'def': '(fr. ātāpa, cp. BSk. ātāpin),【形】热心的，奋发的。(Vīriyañhi kilesānaṁ ātāpanaparitāpanaṭṭhena ātāpoti vuccati.因为英雄本色以烧、遍烧一切烦恼之义，故称为热，具此热的人称为热心。)(Vism.3)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvaha: {'def': '[adj.] (in cpds.), bringing; bearing; conducive.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āvahanaka,【形】(在【合】中), 带来的，含有…的，有助於…的，有益於…的。sukhamāvaha, 带来快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvahana: {'def': '= āvaha a. 帶來的(bringing), 導致的(causing).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] (in cpds.), bringing; bearing; conducive.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '=āvaha a. もたらす, 致す.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】带来，运输。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvahanaka: {'def': '[adj.] (in cpds.), bringing; bearing; conducive.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvahati: {'def': '[ā-vah] もたらす, 持ち来る, 与える. pass. āvuyhati.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā-vah] 帶來, 持來, 給與. pass. āvuyhati.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(ā+vah+a) 带来，引起，导致，有利於。āvahi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + vah + a] brings; causes; conduces.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvahi: {'def': '[aor. of āvahati] brought; caused; conduced.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvajati: {'def': '[ā-vraj] 行去, 回去, 回來, 回到原來的地方.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-vraj] 行く, もどる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvajjana: {'def': 's. citta-vīthi .', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āvajjeti, BSk. āvarjana] 傾心(朝向於), 轉向, 向轉, 傾注(精神貫注).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āvajjeti, BSk. āvarjana] 傾心, 転向, 向転, 傾注.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(‹āvaṭṭeti), 转向(turn towards)。āvajjana-vasitā﹐转向自在，是能够随心所欲、轻易及迅速地转向「似相」，再倾向於禅那(禅支)的能力。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': "'advertence' of the mind towards the object, forms the first stage in the process of consciousness (s. viññāṇa-kicca). If an object of the 5 physical senses is concerned, it is called 'five-door advertence' (pañca dvārāvajjana); in the case of a mental object, 'mind-door advertence' (mano-dvārāvajjana).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

āvajjati: {'def': '[ā-vṛj] 向う, 転向す, 注ぐ, 空ける, 思惟す. imper. āvajja; caus. āvajjeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + vajj + a] 1. reflects upon; 2. upsets (a vessel).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vajj+a), 1.思索。2.(船)翻倒。āvajji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-vṛj] 朝向, 面對著, 轉向, 傾注(精神貫注), 空出(騰出位置等), 倒出(花瓶裡的水等), 思惟. imper. āvajja; caus. āvajjeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvajjesi: {'def': '[aor. of āvajjeti] 1. mused; 2. observed; 3. turned over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvajjeti: {'def': '[āvajjati 的 caus.] 使轉向, 使朝向, 使(心)傾向於, 思考. pp. āvajjita.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + vajj + e] 1. muses; 2. observes; 3. turns over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vajj +e), 1.沉思。2.观察。3.翻转。āvajjesi,【过】。āvajjenta,【现分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[āvajjati の caus.] 転向さす, 向わせる, 傾ける, 考える. pp. āvajjita.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvajji: {'def': '[aor. of āvajjati] 1. reflected upon; 2. upset (a vessel).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvajjita: {'def': '(āvajjeti的【过分】), 1.已考虑。2.已翻转，已转向。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āvajjeti] 1. considered; 2. turned over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvalī: {'def': '[f.] a row; a string.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】排，线。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvapana: {'def': 'n. [＜āvapati＜ā-vap] 播種, 散布, 頒布.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āvapati＜ā-vap] 播種, 散布, 頒布.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvapasika: {'def': '[adj.] resident.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvarati: {'def': '[ā-vṛ] 障礙, 妨礙, 阻撓, 把...關在門外, 排斥. opt. āvaraye; pp. āvaṭa, āvuta.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-vṛ] 障碍す, 妨ぐ, 閉め出す. opt. āvaraye; pp. āvaṭa, āvuta.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+var +a), 关在外面，遮住，阻隔。āvari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + var + a] shuts out from; obstructs.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvaraṇa: {'def': 'n. [BSk.〃＜ā-varati] 障, 障碍.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[nt.] shutting off; hindrance; a bar; a screen.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [BSk.〃＜ā-varati] 障, 障礙.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(‹ā+vr),【中】关闭，障碍，棒(用作栅栏)，屏(掩蔽物)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvaraṇatā: {'def': 'f. [āvaraṇa-tā] 障性, 遮障.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'f. [āvaraṇa-tā] 障性, 遮障.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvaraṇīya: {'def': '【形】阻碍的，障碍的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] apt to obstruct.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvari: {'def': '[aor. of āvarati] shut out from; obstructed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvarita: {'def': '[pp. of āvarati] shut out from; obstructed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āvarati的【过分】) 关在外面，遮住，阻隔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvariya: {'def': '[abs. of āvarati] having obstructed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【独】阻隔了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvasatha: {'def': '[m.] abode; dwelling; rest-house.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [〃＜āvasati] 住処, 居宅, 房舎.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(Sk. āvasatha, fr. ā + vas),【阳】住所，住处，休息的房子(dwelling-place, habitation; abode, house, dwelling)。Pāci.IV,303 (CS:p.399)︰āvasathacīvaraṁ nāma “Utuniyo bhikkhuniyo paribhuñjantū”ti dinnaṁ hoti.(月华衣(月经布)︰提供比丘尼月经使用的(布)。Pāci.IV,71 (CS:Pāci.pg.97)︰āvasathapiṇḍo nāma pañcannaṁ bhojanānaṁ aññataraṁ bhojanaṁ-- sālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā anodissa yāvadattho paññatto hoti. Agilānena bhikkhunā sakiṁ bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari ‘bhuñjissāmī’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.(公共施食处︰五种正食的某一个食物。在厅堂、暂时的棚、树下、露天、.无限制的、就个人的需要及主意。无病比丘(只可)一次乞食。如果接受超过那(限量)‘我将吃的’，犯恶作。塞满、再塞满，犯忏悔。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'n. [〃＜āvasati] 住處, 居宅, 房舍.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvasathāgāra: {'def': '[nt.] resthouse.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvasati: {'def': '[ā-vas] 住, 居住. pp. āvuttha.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + vas + a] lives; resides; inhabits.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vas住+a) 居住，住，居。āvasi,【过】。āvasanta, 【现分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-vas] 住す, 居住す. pp. āvuttha.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvasi: {'def': '[aor. of āvasati] lived; resided; inhabited.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvatta: {'def': '①a. [ā-vattati の pp.] 転起せる, 来れる, なれる. ②n. [Sk.āvarta] 彎曲, 曲った所.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of āvattati] fallen back to. (nt.) winding; turn; bent.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '① a. [ā-vattati 的 pp.] 已轉起的, 已來(到)的, 已(轉)變成的. ② n. [Sk.āvarta] 彎曲, 彎曲的地方.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】(āvattati 的【过分】), 已后退。【中】旋紧，旋转，弯曲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvattaka: {'def': '[adj.] coming back; one who returns.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āvattī,【形】回来，返回的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvattana: {'def': '【中】转，回返。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] turning; return.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvattati: {'def': '(ā+vat+a), 回去，回过头。āvatti,【过】。āvattita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā-vattati＜vṛt] 転ずる, 来る, なる. caus. āvatteti =āvaṭṭeti; pp. āvatta.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + vat + a] goes back; turns round.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-vattati＜vṛt] 轉, 來(到)(come to), (轉)變成(turn to). caus. āvatteti = āvaṭṭeti; pp. āvatta.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvatteti: {'def': '1.旋转。2.诱骗，转换。参考 āvaṭṭeti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '= āvaṭṭeti.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvatthika: {'def': '【形】适合的，最初的，原始的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] befitting; original.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvatti: {'def': '[aor. of āvattati] went back; turned round.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvattita: {'def': '[pp. of āvattati] gone back; turned round.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvattiya: {'def': '[adj.] turnable; returnable.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】可转的，可归还的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvattī: {'def': '(adj.), coming back; one who returns. āvaṭṭi (aor. of āvaṭṭati), turned forward and backward; rotated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvaṭa: {'def': 'a. [Sk. āvṛta＜vṛ 的 pp.] 已被覆蓋的, 已關閉(隔離開)的. cf. āvuta ②.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [Sk. āvṛta＜vṛ の pp.] 覆われたる, 閉じたる. cf. āvuta ②.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[pp. of āvarati] covered; veiled; prohibited.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āvarati 的【过分】), 已复盖，已戴(面纱)，已禁止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvaṭṭa: {'def': 'a. m. n. [Sk. āvarta＜vṛt の pp.] 渦巻, 旋流, 回転; 引き迴された, 誘惑された; 周辺.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【阳】1.圆周。2.漩涡。3.扭转的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(m.), 1. circumference; 2. a whirlpool; 3. twisting.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. m. n. [Sk. āvarta＜vṛt 的 pp.] 渦卷(漩渦), 旋流, 回轉; 被帶著到處轉的, 已被誘惑的; 周邊.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvaṭṭana: {'def': '(nt.), 1. revolving; 2. temptation; 3. possession by some spirit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】1.旋转的。2.诱惑。3.著魔被魔鬼控制了的状态。āvaṭṭī āluḷa (adj. [fr. ā + lul] being in motion, confusion or agitation, disturbed, agitated J.VI,431.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvaṭṭanin: {'def': 'a. [āvattana-in] 転向せしめる, 変える, 誘引する, 誘惑ある.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āvattana-in] 使轉向的, 變動(改變)的, 誘引的, 有誘惑的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvaṭṭanī: {'def': '[adj.] enticing.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvaṭṭati: {'def': '(ā + vaṭṭ + a), turns forward and backward; rotates.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vaṭṭ+a), 转向前的又转向后的，旋转。āvaṭṭi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvaṭṭeti: {'def': '[ā-vatteti, BSk. āvartayati] 使轉, 使轉向. aor. āvaṭṭayissaṃ.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-vatteti, BSk. āvartayati] 転ぜしむ, 転向さす. aor. āvaṭṭayissaṃ.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[ā + vaṭṭ + e] 1. turns round; 2. entices; converts.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vaṭṭ+e),1.旋转。2.诱骗，转换。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvedha: {'def': 'm. [＜ā-vyadh] 貫通, 孔, 傷.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [＜ā-vyadh] 貫通, 孔, 傷.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvelita: {'def': 'a. [ā-vell の pp.] 巻ける, ヵーブした, 曲った.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [ā-vell 的 pp.] 已(包)卷的, 已彎曲的(curved), 已彎(曲)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvellita: {'def': '[pp.] curved; crooked; curled.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【过分】已弯，已弯曲，已弄卷。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvelā: {'def': '(f.), a garland for the head; chaplet.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阴】头戴的花环。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvesana: {'def': 'n. [＜āvisati] 住処, 住居.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '【中】1.入口。2.工场。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] 1. entrance; 2. work-shop.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'n. [＜āvisati] 住處, 住居.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āveḷin: {'def': 'a. m., āveḷinī f. 佩着了飾物.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. m., āveḷinī f. 飾物を着けた.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āveḷā: {'def': 'āveḷa a. f. 回転する, 光を放つ; 頭に巻く飾物.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āveḷa a. f. 回轉的, 放光的; 在頭上包卷的飾物.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āveṇi: {'def': 'āveṇika, āveṇiya a. [BSk.āveṇika] 不共の, 共通せざる, 独特の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'āveṇika, āveṇiya a. [BSk.āveṇika] 不共的, 不共通的, 獨特的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āveṇika: {'def': '【形】特别的，例外的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[adj.] special; exceptional; separate.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āveṭhana: {'def': '[nt.] winding round; ravelling.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā +veṭhana, vesṭ), 【中】旋绕的(rolling up)，团绕在一起(winding up)，圆(round)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āveṭhesi: {'def': '[aor. of āveṭheti] twisted or wraped over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āveṭheti: {'def': '(ā+veṭh+e), 拧，扭曲，卷，包起来。āveṭhesi,【过】。āveṭhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + veṭh + e] twists or wraps over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āveṭhita: {'def': '[pp. of āveṭheti] twisted or wraped over.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āveṭheti＜veṣṭ の pp.] 卷ける, 纏った.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āveṭheti＜veṣṭ 的 pp.] 已(包)卷的, 已纏的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvi: {'def': 'adv. [Sk. āviḥ] 明瞭地, 顯露, 明顯地 [raho 的相反.] -karoti 使明瞭清楚. -bhavati 變成明瞭. -bhāva 明瞭, 明顯, 明瞭清楚的狀態.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'adv. [Sk. āviḥ] 明瞭に, 露わに, 明顕に [raho の反対.] -karoti 明らかならしむ. -bhavati 明瞭となる. -bhāva 明瞭, 明顕, 明らかな状態.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': "[ind.] openly; before one's eyes.", 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(Sk. āvih),【无】公开地，在眼前(clear, manifest, evident; openly, before one’s eyes, in full view.)。āvi vā raho﹐公开或背地里(openly or secret)。āvikamma﹐澄清(making clear, evidence, explanation)。āvikaroti﹐澄清(to make clear, show, explain)。āvibhavati(āvibhoti)﹐使明朗化(to become visible or evident, to be explained, to get clear)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āviddha: {'def': '(āvijjhati‘环绕’的【过分】) 环绕。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āvijjhati] 1. encircled; went round; whirled round; 2. pierced through.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvijjhana: {'def': '(so for āviñchana & āviñjana)(‹āvijjhati, lit. piercing through, i. e. revolving axis ),【形】【中】绕著地走，绕著地旋转。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[nt.] going to whirling round.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvijjhati: {'def': '[ā + vij + ya] 1. encircles; goes round; whirls round; 2.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'āviñjati, āviñchati [āvyadh] 廻る, ふり廻わす; 行く, 近づく, 整える, 引く. ger. āvijjhitvā; aor. āviñji; pp. āviddha ふり廻わした.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āviñjati, āviñchati) (ā+vidh(梵vyadh / vidh)贯穿+ya), 1.环绕，绕著地走，绕著地旋转(to encircle, encompass, comprise, go round, usually in ger. āvijjhitvā (w. Acc.))。2.刺穿( to pierce)。āvijjhi,【过】。go round (Acc.) (chārika-puñjaṁ). 2. [as in lit. Sk.] to swing round, brandish, twirl, whirl round (daṇḍaṁ āviñji); (matthena āviñjati to churn); (cakkaṁ, of a potter’s wheel); (T. āviñj°, v. l. āvijjh°; see āracaya°); (āviñchamāna T.; v. l. āsiñciy°, āvajiy°, āgañch°). 3. to resort to, go to, approach, incline to (T. āviñch°; v. l. avicch° & āviñj°);.4. to arrange, set in order J II.406. ‹-› 5. to pull (?) A.IV,86 (kaṇṇasotani āvijjeyyāsi, v. l. āvijj°, āviñj°, āvicc°, āviñch°). pp. āviddha.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'āviñjati, āviñchati [āvyadh] 環繞, 圍繞, 包圍, 旋轉, 圓形轉動, 揮(手), 揮舞; 去(go to), 靠(接)近, 弄整齊(整理,整頓), 拉(pull). ger. āvijjhitvā; aor. āviñji; pp. āviddha 已揮(手)的, 已揮舞的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvijjhi: {'def': '[aor. of āvijjhati] 1. encircled; went round; whirled round; 2. pierced through.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvila: {'def': '【形】1.煽起的，搅动的。2.肮脏的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'a. 混濁的, 弄濁的, 染汚弄髒的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. 混濁の, 濁った, 汚い.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[adj.] 1. stirred up; agitated; 2. dirty.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvilatta: {'def': 'n. [āvila-tta] 混乱.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [āvila-tta] 混亂.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] state of being agitated or dirty.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【中】被搅动的情况，肮脏的情况。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvisati: {'def': '[ā-viś] 靠(接)近, (進)入. aor. āvisi.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + vis + a] 1. enters; approaches; 2. is possessed by a spirit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '[ā-viś] 近づく, 入る. aor. āvisi.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(ā+vis进入+a), 1.接近。2.著魔。āvisi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvisi: {'def': '[aor. of āvisati] entered; approached; 2. was possessed by a spirit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āviñjanaka: {'def': '[adj.] 1. swinging round; 2. hanging loose; 3. used for pulling.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【形】1.〈空〉绕行星返地轨道的。2.极其不拘礼节的，散漫的。3.为拉用的。āviñjanakarajju,【阴】1.升起门闩的绳子。2.搅乳牛奶用的旋转粗绳。āviñjanakanaṭṭhāna,【中】门外悬挂的粗绳(作为提升门内的门闩)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āviñjanakanaṭṭhāna: {'def': '[nt.] place outside the door where the rope is hanging with which the latch inside is to be raised.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āviñjanakarajju: {'def': '[f.] 1. the rope to raise a latch; 2. whirling rope used in churning milk.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āviñjati: {'def': '[ā + vij + ṃ-a] 1. pulls as in milking; 2. churns; agitates.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(ā+vij +ṁ-a), 1.如在挤奶一般地拉。2.搅拌，搅动。āviñji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āviñji: {'def': '[aor. of āviñjati] 1. pulled as in milking; 2. churned; agitated.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āviṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of āvisati] entered; approached; was possessed by a spirit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(āvisati‘进入’的【过分】) 进入。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvudha: {'def': 'n. [Sk. āyudha] =āyudha 武器, 武具, 兇器.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'n. [Sk. āyudha] = āyudha 武器, 武具, 兇器.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[nt.] weapon.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '(=āyudha),【中】武器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvuso: {'def': '(a contracted form of āyusmanto pl.of āyusman, of which the regular Pāli form is āyasmant, with v for y as frequently in Pāli),【阳.单.呼】朋友(friend, brother, Sir)(对低戒腊的比丘的礼貌上的称呼)，有时古译作：君。【阳.复.呼】朋友(friends, brothers, Sirs)。若对上辈之亲切称呼(piyavacanametaṁ)，通常用āyasmā(梵āyusmat)，可译作慧命、具寿等。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[BSk. āvuso, āyuṣaḥ, āvusāho, āvusāvo] =āyasmanto. pl. voc. 尊者達よ, 友よ [同輩, または下輩に対して用り].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[BSk. āvuso, āyuṣaḥ, āvusāho, āvusāvo] = āyasmanto. pl. voc. (禮貌稱呼語)尊者(們), 學友 [對同輩或晚輩使用].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ind.] (Vocative), friend; brother. (A form of polite address among monks).', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvuta: {'def': 'a. ① [āvuṇāti の pp.] 結ばれる, 結び付けられる, 突き刺された. ②[āvṛ の pp.] 覆われた, 妨げられたる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(āvarati 和āvuṇāti的【过分】), 1.已串起。2.已覆盖。3.已阻碍。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of āvuṇāti] 1. strung upon; 2. covered; 3. hindered. (pp. of āvarati) shut out from; obstructed.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. ① [āvuṇāti 的 pp.] 已被繫結的, 已被結牢綁住的, 已被刺穿插進的. ② [āvṛ 的 pp.] 已被覆蓋的, 已被妨礙的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvuttha: {'def': '[pp. of āvasati] inhabited.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āvasati の pp.] 住せる.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'a. [āvasati 的 pp.] 已(居)住的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(āvasati 的【过分】), 已有人居住。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvuṇi: {'def': '[aor. of āvuṇāti] 1. strung upon; 2. fixed on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvuṇāti: {'def': '(ā+vu +nā), 1.串起。2.固定在，装置在。āvuṇi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '貫通, 刺穿, 插進; 結牢, 綁住, 固定住, 掛(插,裝,佩,穿,繫)上. pp. āvuta; caus. āvuṇāpeti.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā + vu + nā] 1. strings upon; 2. fixes on to.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '貫通す, 突き刺す; 結び付ける, 付ける. pp. āvuta; caus. āvuṇāpeti.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvāha: {'def': '(ā + vshana, of vah),【阳】āvāhana,【中】1.婚娶，婚礼(marriage, taking a wife,= āvāha-karaṇa). 2.聚众( “getting up, bringing together”, i. e. a mass, a group or formation, in senāvāha a contingent of an army)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm., āvāhana n. [〃＜ā-vah] 娶親, 嫁娶. -vivāha 婚禮宴會, 娶親儀式(至新娘家迎娶新娘而後離開).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(m.) taking in marriage; wedding.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm., āvāhana n. [〃＜ā-vah] 嫁取り, 嫁娶. -vivāha 嫁取り嫁やり.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvāhana: {'def': '(nt.) taking in marriage; wedding.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āvāpa: {'def': "[m.] potter's furnace; an oven.", 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': '【阳】陶工的火炉，烤箱。台语：烘炉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvāra: {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-vṛ] 遮蔽, 保護, 防止.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-vṛ] 遮蔽, 保護, 防止.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvāreti: {'def': '[Sk. āvārayati＜vṛ の caus.] 防止す, 抑止す. m. āvāra.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[Sk. āvārayati＜vṛ 的 caus.] 防止, 抑止. m. āvāra.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

āvāsa: {'def': 'm. [〃＜āvasati] 住所, 居住. -kappa 住処浄, 住処認容.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '[m.] home; dwelling place.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜āvasati] 住所, 居住. -kappa 住處淨, 住處認容(認為可以而容許).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】家，住宅。āvāsika,【形】居民。āvāsikavatta , (旧)住者的职责。durāvāsā gharā dukhā，居家有难住之苦。DhA.v.302.：Durāvāsāti yasmā pana gharaṁ āvasantena rājūnaṁ rājakiccaṁ, issarānaṁ issarakiccaṁ vahitabbaṁ, parijanā ceva dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca saṅgahitabbā. Evaṁ santepi gharāvāso chiddaghaṭo viya mahāsamuddo viya ca duppūro. Tasmā gharāvāsā nāmete durāvāsā dukkhā āvasituṁ, teneva kāraṇena dukkhāti attho.(居家难住苦：因为住家(身为在家人)，要作国王的国王差事，要作主人的主人差事；款待随从、沙门、婆罗门；虽然这样居家，像有破裂的水壶难添满的，像大海难添满的。所以居家有难住之苦，以这个原因说是苦。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

āvāsika: {'def': '[adj.] resident.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'a. [āvāsa-ika] 居住的, 舊住(原住,以前就住在那裡)的.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'a. [āvāsa-ika] 居住の, 旧住の.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āvāṭa: {'def': '(m.), a pit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. 坑, 穴, 井.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【阳】深坑。āvāṭesuya', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. 坑, 穴, 井.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āya: {'def': '【阳】收入，利润。āyakammika,【阳】领取收入的人。āyakosalla,【中】聪明於增加收入。āyamukha,【中】流入，带来收入的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-i] 入來, 收益, 増益, 稅金. -kosalla 入來善巧, 増益善巧.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '(m.), income; profit.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}; {'def': 'm. [〃＜ā-i] 入来, 収益, 増益, 税金. -kosalla 入来善巧, 増益善巧.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

āyacikā: {'def': '[f.] a woman who requests.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āyakammika: {'def': '[m.] collector of income.', 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āyakosalla: {'def': "[nt.] cleverness to increase one's income.", 'xr': '《Concise Pali-English Dictionary》 by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera'}

āyamati: {'def': '[ā-yam] 抑制, 延長, 延展(伸展身體四肢等).', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '[ā-yam] 抑制す, 延ばす.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

【經文資訊】
【原始資料】原始资料皆来自网络
【其他事項】本資料庫可自由免費流通，詳細內容請參閱【中華電子佛典協會資料庫版權宣告】